Copy relocations against protected symbols
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf32-sh.c
1 /* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
4
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 #include "sysdep.h"
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "bfdlink.h"
25 #include "libbfd.h"
26 #include "elf-bfd.h"
27 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
28 #include "elf/sh.h"
29 #include "dwarf2.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
31 #include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
32
33 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
34 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
35 static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
36 (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
37 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
38 (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
39 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
40 (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
41 #ifndef SH64_ELF
42 static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
43 (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
44 #endif
45 static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
46 (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
47 static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
48 (struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_vma tpoff
50 (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
51
52 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
53 section. */
54
55 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
56
57 /* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack. */
58 #define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
59
60 #define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
61
62 /* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
63 not. If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
64 its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker. */
65 #define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
66 (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
67 || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
68 \f
69 #define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
70 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
71 #define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
72 static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
73 {
74 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
75 };
76
77 #define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
78 #define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
79 #define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
80 static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
81 {
82 #include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
83 };
84 \f
85 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object. */
86
87 static bfd_boolean
88 vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
89 {
90 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
91 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec;
92 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_vxworks_vec;
93
94 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
95 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_vxworks_vec);
96 #else
97 return FALSE;
98 #endif
99 }
100
101 /* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object. */
102
103 static bfd_boolean
104 fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
105 {
106 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
107 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec;
108 extern const bfd_target sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec;
109
110 return (abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
111 || abfd->xvec == &sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec);
112 #else
113 return FALSE;
114 #endif
115 }
116
117 /* Return the howto table for ABFD. */
118
119 static reloc_howto_type *
120 get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
121 {
122 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
123 return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
124 return sh_elf_howto_table;
125 }
126
127 static bfd_reloc_status_type
128 sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
129 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
130 bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
131 bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
132 {
133 static bfd_vma last_addr;
134 static asection *last_symbol_section;
135 bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
136 int diff, cum_diff;
137 bfd_signed_vma x;
138 int insn;
139
140 /* Sanity check the address. */
141 if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
142 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
143
144 /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
145 although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards. */
146 if (! last_addr)
147 {
148 last_addr = addr;
149 last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
150 return bfd_reloc_ok;
151 }
152 if (last_addr != addr)
153 abort ();
154 last_addr = 0;
155
156 if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
157 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
158
159 /* Get the symbol_section contents. */
160 if (symbol_section != input_section)
161 {
162 if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
163 contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
164 else
165 {
166 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
167 &contents))
168 {
169 if (contents != NULL)
170 free (contents);
171 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
172 }
173 }
174 }
175 #define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
176 start_ptr = contents + start;
177 for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
178 {
179 for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
180 ptr -= 2;
181 ptr += 2;
182 diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
183 cum_diff += diff & 1;
184 cum_diff += diff;
185 }
186 /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
187 so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
188 addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing. */
189 if (cum_diff >= 0)
190 {
191 start -= 4;
192 end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
193 }
194 else
195 {
196 bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
197
198 while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
199 start0 -= 2;
200 start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
201 start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
202 end = start0;
203 }
204
205 if (contents != NULL
206 && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
207 free (contents);
208
209 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
210
211 x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
212 if (input_section != symbol_section)
213 x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
214 - (input_section->output_section->vma
215 + input_section->output_offset));
216 x >>= 1;
217 if (x < -128 || x > 127)
218 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
219
220 x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
221 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
222
223 return bfd_reloc_ok;
224 }
225
226 /* This function is used for normal relocs. This used to be like the COFF
227 function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets. */
228
229 static bfd_reloc_status_type
230 sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
231 void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
232 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
233 {
234 unsigned long insn;
235 bfd_vma sym_value;
236 enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
237 bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
238 bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
239
240 r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
241
242 if (output_bfd != NULL)
243 {
244 /* Partial linking--do nothing. */
245 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
246 return bfd_reloc_ok;
247 }
248
249 /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing. If any work must be
250 done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section. */
251 if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
252 return bfd_reloc_ok;
253
254 if (symbol_in != NULL
255 && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
256 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
257
258 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
259 sym_value = 0;
260 else
261 sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
262 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
263 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
264
265 switch (r_type)
266 {
267 case R_SH_DIR32:
268 insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
269 insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
270 bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
271 break;
272 case R_SH_IND12W:
273 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
274 sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
275 sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
276 + input_section->output_offset
277 + addr
278 + 4);
279 sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
280 if (insn & 0x800)
281 sym_value -= 0x1000;
282 insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
283 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
284 if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
285 return bfd_reloc_overflow;
286 break;
287 default:
288 abort ();
289 break;
290 }
291
292 return bfd_reloc_ok;
293 }
294
295 /* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
296 which the linker should otherwise ignore. */
297
298 static bfd_reloc_status_type
299 sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
300 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
301 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
302 bfd *output_bfd,
303 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
304 {
305 if (output_bfd != NULL)
306 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
307 return bfd_reloc_ok;
308 }
309
310 /* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
311
312 struct elf_reloc_map
313 {
314 bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
315 unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
316 };
317
318 /* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs. */
319
320 static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
321 {
322 { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
323 { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
324 { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
325 { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
326 { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
327 { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
328 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
329 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
330 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
331 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
332 { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
333 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
334 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
335 { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
336 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
337 { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
338 { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
339 { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
340 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
341 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
342 { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
343 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
344 { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
345 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
346 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
347 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
348 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
349 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
350 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
351 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
352 { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
353 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
354 { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
355 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
356 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
357 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
358 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
359 { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
360 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
361 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
362 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
363 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
364 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
365 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
366 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
367 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
368 { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
369 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
370 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
371 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
372 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
373 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
374 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
375 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
376 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
377 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
378 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
379 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
380 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
381 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
382 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
383 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
384 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
385 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
386 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
387 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
388 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
389 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
390 { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
391 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
392 { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
393 { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
394 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
395 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
396 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
397 { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
398 { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
399 { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
400 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
401 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
402 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
403 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
404 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
405 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
406 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
407 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
408 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
409 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
410 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
411 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
412 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
413 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
414 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
415 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
416 { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
417 { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
418 { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
419 #endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
420 };
421
422 /* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
423 corresponding SH ELF reloc. */
424
425 static reloc_howto_type *
426 sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
427 {
428 unsigned int i;
429
430 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
431 {
432 if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
433 return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
434 }
435
436 return NULL;
437 }
438
439 static reloc_howto_type *
440 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
441 {
442 unsigned int i;
443
444 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
445 {
446 for (i = 0;
447 i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
448 / sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
449 i++)
450 if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
451 && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
452 return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
453 }
454 else
455 {
456 for (i = 0;
457 i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
458 / sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
459 i++)
460 if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
461 && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
462 return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
463 }
464
465 return NULL;
466 }
467
468 /* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent. */
469
470 static void
471 sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
472 {
473 unsigned int r;
474
475 r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
476
477 BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
478 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
479 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
480 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
481 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
482 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
483 BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
484
485 cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
486 }
487 \f
488 /* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF. See the corresponding
489 function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does. FIXME:
490 There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
491 specific code. The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
492 into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
493 could be eliminated somehow. Note in particular that although both
494 functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
495 values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
496 they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h. */
497
498 static bfd_boolean
499 sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
500 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
501 {
502 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
503 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
504 bfd_boolean have_code;
505 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
506 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
507 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
508
509 *again = FALSE;
510
511 if (link_info->relocatable
512 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
513 || sec->reloc_count == 0)
514 return TRUE;
515
516 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
517 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
518 & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
519 {
520 return TRUE;
521 }
522 #endif
523
524 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
525
526 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
527 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
528 link_info->keep_memory));
529 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
530 goto error_return;
531
532 have_code = FALSE;
533
534 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
535 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
536 {
537 bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
538 unsigned short insn;
539 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
540 bfd_signed_vma foff;
541
542 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
543 have_code = TRUE;
544
545 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
546 continue;
547
548 /* Get the section contents. */
549 if (contents == NULL)
550 {
551 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
552 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
553 else
554 {
555 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
556 goto error_return;
557 }
558 }
559
560 /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
561 the register load. The 4 is because the r_addend field is
562 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
563 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction. */
564 laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
565 if (laddr >= sec->size)
566 {
567 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
568 abfd,
569 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
570 continue;
571 }
572 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
573
574 /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
575 do. */
576 if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
577 {
578 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
579 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
580 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
581 continue;
582 }
583
584 /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded. The
585 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled. It is a
586 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
587 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
588 of the PC are cleared. We assume that the section is aligned
589 on a four byte boundary. */
590 paddr = insn & 0xff;
591 paddr *= 4;
592 paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
593 if (paddr >= sec->size)
594 {
595 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
596 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
597 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
598 continue;
599 }
600
601 /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
602 being loaded. This reloc will tell us which function is
603 actually being called. */
604 for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
605 if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
606 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
607 break;
608 if (irelfn >= irelend)
609 {
610 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
611 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
612 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
613 continue;
614 }
615
616 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
617 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
618 {
619 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
620 if (isymbuf == NULL)
621 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
622 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
623 NULL, NULL, NULL);
624 if (isymbuf == NULL)
625 goto error_return;
626 }
627
628 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
629 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
630 {
631 /* A local symbol. */
632 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
633
634 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
635 if (isym->st_shndx
636 != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
637 {
638 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
639 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
640 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
641 continue;
642 }
643
644 symval = (isym->st_value
645 + sec->output_section->vma
646 + sec->output_offset);
647 }
648 else
649 {
650 unsigned long indx;
651 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
652
653 indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
654 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
655 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
656 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
657 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
658 {
659 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
660 symbol. Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
661 regular reloc processing. */
662 continue;
663 }
664
665 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
666 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
667 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
668 }
669
670 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
671 symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
672 else
673 symval += irelfn->r_addend;
674
675 /* See if this function call can be shortened. */
676 foff = (symval
677 - (irel->r_offset
678 + sec->output_section->vma
679 + sec->output_offset
680 + 4));
681 /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
682 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
683 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
684 that. */
685 if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
686 {
687 /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call. */
688 continue;
689 }
690
691 /* Shorten the function call. */
692
693 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
694 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table. We
695 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
696 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
697 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
698 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
699 the linker is run. */
700
701 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
702 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
703 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
704
705 /* Replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
706
707 /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
708 replace the jmp/jsr with a bra/bsr. */
709 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
710 /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
711 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
712 not if the symbol is in a different section. Besides, we need
713 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
714 the value of the symbol is not available. */
715
716 /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
717 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing. We let
718 the final link phase handle it. */
719 if (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset) & 0x0020)
720 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xa000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721 else
722 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
723
724 irel->r_addend = -4;
725
726 /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
727 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above). However,
728 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
729 have to add it to the addend to preserve it. */
730 irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
731
732 /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
733 register load. */
734 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
735 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
736 && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
737 break;
738 if (irelscan < irelend)
739 {
740 /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
741 and we have not yet converted that function call.
742 Indeed, we may never be able to convert it. There is
743 nothing else we can do at this point. */
744 continue;
745 }
746
747 /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
748 function address is stored. Do this before deleting any
749 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address. */
750 for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
751 if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
752 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
753 break;
754
755 /* Delete the register load. */
756 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
757 goto error_return;
758
759 /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
760 other function call to come within range, we should relax
761 again. Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
762 *again = TRUE;
763
764 /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc. */
765 if (irelcount >= irelend)
766 {
767 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
768 (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
769 abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
770 continue;
771 }
772
773 /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field. We've
774 just deleted one. */
775 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
776 {
777 ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
778 abfd,
779 (unsigned long) paddr));
780 continue;
781 }
782
783 --irelcount->r_addend;
784
785 /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address. Reload
786 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
787 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes. */
788 if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
789 {
790 if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
791 goto error_return;
792 }
793
794 /* We've done all we can with that function call. */
795 }
796
797 /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
798 byte boundaries. */
799 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
800 && have_code)
801 {
802 bfd_boolean swapped;
803
804 /* Get the section contents. */
805 if (contents == NULL)
806 {
807 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
808 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
809 else
810 {
811 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
812 goto error_return;
813 }
814 }
815
816 if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
817 &swapped))
818 goto error_return;
819
820 if (swapped)
821 {
822 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
823 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
824 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
825 }
826 }
827
828 if (isymbuf != NULL
829 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
830 {
831 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
832 free (isymbuf);
833 else
834 {
835 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
836 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
837 }
838 }
839
840 if (contents != NULL
841 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
842 {
843 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
844 free (contents);
845 else
846 {
847 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
848 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
849 }
850 }
851
852 if (internal_relocs != NULL
853 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
854 free (internal_relocs);
855
856 return TRUE;
857
858 error_return:
859 if (isymbuf != NULL
860 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
861 free (isymbuf);
862 if (contents != NULL
863 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
864 free (contents);
865 if (internal_relocs != NULL
866 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
867 free (internal_relocs);
868
869 return FALSE;
870 }
871
872 /* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing. FIXME: There is a
873 lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
874 in coff-sh.c. */
875
876 static bfd_boolean
877 sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
878 int count)
879 {
880 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
881 unsigned int sec_shndx;
882 bfd_byte *contents;
883 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
884 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
885 bfd_vma toaddr;
886 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
887 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
888 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
889 unsigned int symcount;
890 asection *o;
891
892 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
893 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
894
895 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
896
897 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
898
899 /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
900 power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting. */
901
902 irelalign = NULL;
903 toaddr = sec->size;
904
905 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
906 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
907 for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
908 {
909 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
910 && irel->r_offset > addr
911 && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
912 {
913 irelalign = irel;
914 toaddr = irel->r_offset;
915 break;
916 }
917 }
918
919 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
920 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
921 (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
922 if (irelalign == NULL)
923 sec->size -= count;
924 else
925 {
926 int i;
927
928 #define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
929
930 BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
931 for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
932 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
933 }
934
935 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
936 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
937 {
938 bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
939 bfd_vma start = 0;
940 int insn = 0;
941 int off, adjust, oinsn;
942 bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
943 bfd_boolean overflow;
944
945 /* Get the new reloc address. */
946 nraddr = irel->r_offset;
947 if ((irel->r_offset > addr
948 && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
949 || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
950 && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
951 nraddr -= count;
952
953 /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
954 case we no longer care about it. Don't delete relocs which
955 represent addresses, though. */
956 if (irel->r_offset >= addr
957 && irel->r_offset < addr + count
958 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
959 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
960 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
961 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
962 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
963 (int) R_SH_NONE);
964
965 /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
966 includes the bytes we have deleted. */
967 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
968 {
969 default:
970 break;
971
972 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
973 case R_SH_IND12W:
974 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
975 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
976 start = irel->r_offset;
977 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
978 break;
979 }
980
981 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
982 {
983 default:
984 start = stop = addr;
985 break;
986
987 case R_SH_DIR32:
988 /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
989 section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
990 must check the addend to see it will put the value in
991 range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed. */
992 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
993 {
994 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
995 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
996 && (isym->st_value <= addr
997 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
998 {
999 bfd_vma val;
1000
1001 if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1002 {
1003 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1004 val += isym->st_value;
1005 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1006 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1007 }
1008 else
1009 {
1010 val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1011 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1012 irel->r_addend -= count;
1013 }
1014 }
1015 }
1016 start = stop = addr;
1017 break;
1018
1019 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1020 off = insn & 0xff;
1021 if (off & 0x80)
1022 off -= 0x100;
1023 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1024 break;
1025
1026 case R_SH_IND12W:
1027 off = insn & 0xfff;
1028 if (! off)
1029 {
1030 /* This has been made by previous relaxation. Since the
1031 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1032 final relocation will just do the right thing. */
1033 start = stop = addr;
1034 }
1035 else
1036 {
1037 if (off & 0x800)
1038 off -= 0x1000;
1039 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1040
1041 /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1042 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1043 start of the section.
1044 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1045 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1046 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4. */
1047 if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1048 irel->r_addend -= count;
1049 }
1050 break;
1051
1052 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1053 off = insn & 0xff;
1054 stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1055 break;
1056
1057 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1058 off = insn & 0xff;
1059 stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1060 break;
1061
1062 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1063 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1064 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1065 /* These relocs types represent
1066 .word L2-L1
1067 The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1068 address and L1. That is the start of the reloc, and
1069 adding in the contents gives us the top. We must adjust
1070 both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1071 N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1072 and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr. */
1073
1074 stop = irel->r_offset;
1075 start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1076
1077 if (start > addr
1078 && start < toaddr
1079 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1080 irel->r_addend += count;
1081 else if (stop > addr
1082 && stop < toaddr
1083 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1084 irel->r_addend -= count;
1085
1086 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1087 voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088 else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1089 voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090 else
1091 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1092 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1093
1094 break;
1095
1096 case R_SH_USES:
1097 start = irel->r_offset;
1098 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1099 + (long) irel->r_addend
1100 + 4);
1101 break;
1102 }
1103
1104 if (start > addr
1105 && start < toaddr
1106 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1107 adjust = count;
1108 else if (stop > addr
1109 && stop < toaddr
1110 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1111 adjust = - count;
1112 else
1113 adjust = 0;
1114
1115 if (adjust != 0)
1116 {
1117 oinsn = insn;
1118 overflow = FALSE;
1119 switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1120 {
1121 default:
1122 abort ();
1123 break;
1124
1125 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1126 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1127 insn += adjust / 2;
1128 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1129 overflow = TRUE;
1130 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1131 break;
1132
1133 case R_SH_IND12W:
1134 insn += adjust / 2;
1135 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1136 overflow = TRUE;
1137 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1138 break;
1139
1140 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1141 BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1142 if (count >= 4)
1143 insn += adjust / 4;
1144 else
1145 {
1146 if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1147 ++insn;
1148 }
1149 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1150 overflow = TRUE;
1151 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1152 break;
1153
1154 case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1155 voff += adjust;
1156 if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1157 overflow = TRUE;
1158 bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1159 break;
1160
1161 case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1162 voff += adjust;
1163 if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1164 overflow = TRUE;
1165 bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1166 break;
1167
1168 case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1169 voff += adjust;
1170 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1171 break;
1172
1173 case R_SH_USES:
1174 irel->r_addend += adjust;
1175 break;
1176 }
1177
1178 if (overflow)
1179 {
1180 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1181 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1182 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1183 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1184 return FALSE;
1185 }
1186 }
1187
1188 irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1189 }
1190
1191 /* Look through all the other sections. If there contain any IMM32
1192 relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1193 below, we may need to adjust the addends. */
1194 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1195 {
1196 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1197 Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1198 bfd_byte *ocontents;
1199
1200 if (o == sec
1201 || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1202 || o->reloc_count == 0)
1203 continue;
1204
1205 /* We always cache the relocs. Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1206 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1207 leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1208 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1209 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1210 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1211 return FALSE;
1212
1213 ocontents = NULL;
1214 irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1215 for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1216 {
1217 /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs. */
1218 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1219 {
1220 bfd_vma start, stop;
1221 bfd_signed_vma voff;
1222
1223 if (ocontents == NULL)
1224 {
1225 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1226 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1227 else
1228 {
1229 /* We always cache the section contents.
1230 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1231 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1232 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1233 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1234 {
1235 if (ocontents != NULL)
1236 free (ocontents);
1237 return FALSE;
1238 }
1239
1240 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1241 }
1242 }
1243
1244 stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1245 start
1246 = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1247
1248 /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change. */
1249 if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1250 irelscan->r_addend += count;
1251
1252 voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1253 stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1254
1255 if (start > addr
1256 && start < toaddr
1257 && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1258 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1259 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1260 else if (stop > addr
1261 && stop < toaddr
1262 && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1263 bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1264 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1265 }
1266
1267 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1268 continue;
1269
1270 if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1271 continue;
1272
1273
1274 isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1275 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1276 && (isym->st_value <= addr
1277 || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1278 {
1279 bfd_vma val;
1280
1281 if (ocontents == NULL)
1282 {
1283 if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1284 ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1285 else
1286 {
1287 /* We always cache the section contents.
1288 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1289 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1290 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section. */
1291 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1292 {
1293 if (ocontents != NULL)
1294 free (ocontents);
1295 return FALSE;
1296 }
1297
1298 elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1299 }
1300 }
1301
1302 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1303 val += isym->st_value;
1304 if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1305 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1306 ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1307 }
1308 }
1309 }
1310
1311 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
1312 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1313 for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1314 {
1315 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1316 && isym->st_value > addr
1317 && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1318 isym->st_value -= count;
1319 }
1320
1321 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
1322 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1323 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1324 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1325 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1326 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1327 {
1328 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1329 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1330 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1331 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1332 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1333 && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1334 {
1335 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1336 }
1337 }
1338
1339 /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward. We have adjusted
1340 r_offset for it already. */
1341 if (irelalign != NULL)
1342 {
1343 bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1344
1345 alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346 alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1347 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1348 if (alignto != alignaddr)
1349 {
1350 /* Tail recursion. */
1351 return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1352 (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1353 }
1354 }
1355
1356 return TRUE;
1357 }
1358
1359 /* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1360 boundaries. This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c. */
1361
1362 static bfd_boolean
1363 sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1364 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1365 bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1366 bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1367 {
1368 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1369 bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1370 bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1371 bfd_size_type amt;
1372
1373 *pswapped = FALSE;
1374
1375 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1376
1377 /* Get all the addresses with labels on them. */
1378 amt = sec->reloc_count;
1379 amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1380 labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1381 if (labels == NULL)
1382 goto error_return;
1383 label_end = labels;
1384 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1385 {
1386 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1387 {
1388 *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1389 ++label_end;
1390 }
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1394 address order. If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1395 the label values and the relocs. */
1396
1397 label = labels;
1398
1399 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1400 {
1401 bfd_vma start, stop;
1402
1403 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1404 continue;
1405
1406 start = irel->r_offset;
1407
1408 for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1409 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1410 break;
1411 if (irel < irelend)
1412 stop = irel->r_offset;
1413 else
1414 stop = sec->size;
1415
1416 if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1417 internal_relocs, &label,
1418 label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1419 goto error_return;
1420 }
1421
1422 free (labels);
1423
1424 return TRUE;
1425
1426 error_return:
1427 if (labels != NULL)
1428 free (labels);
1429 return FALSE;
1430 }
1431
1432 #ifndef SH64_ELF
1433 /* Swap two SH instructions. This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c. */
1434
1435 static bfd_boolean
1436 sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1437 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1438 {
1439 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1440 unsigned short i1, i2;
1441 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1442
1443 /* Swap the instructions themselves. */
1444 i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1445 i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1446 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1447 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1448
1449 /* Adjust all reloc addresses. */
1450 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1451 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1452 {
1453 enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1454 int add;
1455
1456 /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1457 adjust. These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1458 but are only associated with the address. */
1459 type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1460 if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1461 || type == R_SH_CODE
1462 || type == R_SH_DATA
1463 || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1464 continue;
1465
1466 /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1467 swapped, we must adjust it. It would be incorrect to do this
1468 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1469 instructions after the jump. (We have avoided swapping
1470 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1471 instruction it shouldn't). */
1472 if (type == R_SH_USES)
1473 {
1474 bfd_vma off;
1475
1476 off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1477 if (off == addr)
1478 irel->r_offset += 2;
1479 else if (off == addr + 2)
1480 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1481 }
1482
1483 if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1484 {
1485 irel->r_offset += 2;
1486 add = -2;
1487 }
1488 else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1489 {
1490 irel->r_offset -= 2;
1491 add = 2;
1492 }
1493 else
1494 add = 0;
1495
1496 if (add != 0)
1497 {
1498 bfd_byte *loc;
1499 unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1500 bfd_boolean overflow;
1501
1502 loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1503 overflow = FALSE;
1504 switch (type)
1505 {
1506 default:
1507 break;
1508
1509 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1510 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1511 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1512 oinsn = insn;
1513 insn += add / 2;
1514 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1515 overflow = TRUE;
1516 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1517 break;
1518
1519 case R_SH_IND12W:
1520 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1521 oinsn = insn;
1522 insn += add / 2;
1523 if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1524 overflow = TRUE;
1525 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1526 break;
1527
1528 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1529 /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1530 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1531 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1532 swap will not affect the offset. If ADDR is an at an
1533 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1534 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted. */
1535 if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1536 {
1537 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1538 oinsn = insn;
1539 insn += add / 2;
1540 if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1541 overflow = TRUE;
1542 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1543 }
1544
1545 break;
1546 }
1547
1548 if (overflow)
1549 {
1550 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1551 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1552 abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1553 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1554 return FALSE;
1555 }
1556 }
1557 }
1558
1559 return TRUE;
1560 }
1561 #endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1562 \f
1563 /* Describes one of the various PLT styles. */
1564
1565 struct elf_sh_plt_info
1566 {
1567 /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1568 first entry. */
1569 const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1570
1571 /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL. */
1572 bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1573
1574 /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1575 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4. The value is MINUS_ONE
1576 if there is no such pointer. */
1577 bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1578
1579 /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry. */
1580 const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1581
1582 /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes. */
1583 bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1584
1585 /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY. Not all fields are used
1586 on all targets. The comments by each member indicate the value
1587 that the field must hold. */
1588 struct {
1589 bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1590 bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1591 bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1592 bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1593 instruction (instead of a constant pool
1594 entry). */
1595 } symbol_fields;
1596
1597 /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY. */
1598 bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1599
1600 /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1601 MAX_SHORT_PLT entries. It must share the same plt0. NULL in
1602 other cases. */
1603 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1604 };
1605
1606 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1607
1608 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1609
1610 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1611
1612 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1613
1614 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1615 {
1616 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1617 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1618 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1619 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1620 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1621 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1622 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1631 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1632 };
1633
1634 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1635 {
1636 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1637 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1638 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1639 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1640 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1641 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1642 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1651 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1652 };
1653
1654 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1655 this. */
1656
1657 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1658 {
1659 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1660 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1661 0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1662 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1663 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1664 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1666 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1667 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1668 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1669 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1670 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1671 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1672 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1673 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1674 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1675 };
1676
1677 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1678 {
1679 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1680 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1681 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l r25, 0, r25 */
1682 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1683 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1684 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1686 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1687 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1688 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1689 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1690 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1691 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1692 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1693 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1694 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1695 };
1696
1697 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1698
1699 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1700 {
1701 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1702 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1703 0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1704 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1705 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1706 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1708 0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1709 0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1710 0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1711 0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1712 0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1713 0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1714 0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1715 0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1716 0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1717 };
1718
1719 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1720 {
1721 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1722 0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1723 0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1724 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1725 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1726 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1728 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1729 0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1730 0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1731 0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 8, r25 */
1732 0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1733 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l r17, 4, r17 */
1734 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1735 0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1736 0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1737 };
1738
1739 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1740 {
1741 {
1742 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1743 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1744 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1745 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1746 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1747 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1748 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1749 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1750 NULL
1751 },
1752 {
1753 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1754 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1755 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1756 { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1757 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1758 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1759 { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1760 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1761 NULL
1762 },
1763 },
1764 {
1765 {
1766 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1767 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1768 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1769 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1770 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1771 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1772 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1773 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1774 NULL
1775 },
1776 {
1777 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1778 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1779 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1780 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1781 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1782 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1783 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1784 33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1785 NULL
1786 },
1787 }
1788 };
1789
1790 /* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry. */
1791 #define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1792
1793 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1794 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1795 not data.
1796
1797 On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair. */
1798
1799 inline static void
1800 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1801 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1802 {
1803 value |= code_p;
1804 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1805 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1806 | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1807 addr);
1808 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1809 bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1810 | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1811 addr + 4);
1812 }
1813
1814 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
1815 the object is position-independent. */
1816
1817 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1818 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1819 {
1820 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1821 }
1822 #else
1823 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
1824
1825 #define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1826
1827 /* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this. */
1828
1829 /* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2. r2 is used by
1830 GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1831 corrupted here. This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1832 to the SH PIC ABI. That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1833 and r2 contains the GOT id. This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1834 ignores the type. Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1835 since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1836 greater than or equal to 12. */
1837 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1838 {
1839 0xd0, 0x05, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1840 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1841 0x2f, 0x06, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1842 0xd0, 0x03, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1843 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1844 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1845 0x60, 0xf6, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1846 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1847 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1848 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1849 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1850 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1851 };
1852
1853 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1854 {
1855 0x05, 0xd0, /* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1856 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1857 0x06, 0x2f, /* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1858 0x03, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1859 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1860 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1861 0xf6, 0x60, /* mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1862 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1863 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1864 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1865 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8. */
1866 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4. */
1867 };
1868
1869 /* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1870 this. */
1871
1872 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1873 {
1874 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1875 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1876 0xd1, 0x02, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1877 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1878 0x60, 0x13, /* mov r1,r0 */
1879 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1880 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1881 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1882 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1883 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1884 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1885 };
1886
1887 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1888 {
1889 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1890 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1891 0x02, 0xd1, /* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1892 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1893 0x13, 0x60, /* mov r1,r0 */
1894 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1895 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1896 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1897 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0. */
1898 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1899 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1900 };
1901
1902 /* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this. */
1903
1904 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1905 {
1906 0xd0, 0x04, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1907 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1908 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1909 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1910 0x50, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1911 0xd1, 0x03, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1912 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
1913 0x50, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1914 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1915 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1916 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1917 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1918 };
1919
1920 static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1921 {
1922 0x04, 0xd0, /* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1923 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1924 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1925 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1926 0xc2, 0x50, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1927 0x03, 0xd1, /* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1928 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
1929 0xc1, 0x50, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1930 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1931 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
1932 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
1933 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
1934 };
1935
1936 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1937 {
1938 {
1939 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
1940 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1941 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1942 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1943 elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1944 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1945 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1946 8,
1947 NULL
1948 },
1949 {
1950 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
1951 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1952 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1953 { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1954 elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1955 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1956 { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1957 8,
1958 NULL
1959 },
1960 },
1961 {
1962 {
1963 /* Big-endian PIC. */
1964 elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1965 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1966 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1967 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1968 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1969 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1970 8,
1971 NULL
1972 },
1973 {
1974 /* Little-endian PIC. */
1975 elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1976 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1977 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1978 elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1979 ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1980 { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1981 8,
1982 NULL
1983 },
1984 }
1985 };
1986
1987 #define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1988 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1989
1990 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1991 {
1992 0xd1, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1993 0x61, 0x12, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1994 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
1995 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
1996 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
1997 };
1998
1999 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
2000 {
2001 0x01, 0xd1, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2002 0x12, 0x61, /* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2003 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2004 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2005 0, 0, 0, 0 /* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8. */
2006 };
2007
2008 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2009 {
2010 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2011 0x60, 0x02, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2012 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2013 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2014 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2015 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2016 0xa0, 0x00, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2017 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2018 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2019 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2020 };
2021
2022 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2023 {
2024 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2025 0x02, 0x60, /* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2026 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2027 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2028 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got. */
2029 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2030 0x00, 0xa0, /* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.) */
2031 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2032 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2033 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2034 };
2035
2036 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2037 {
2038 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2039 0x00, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2040 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2041 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2042 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2043 0xd0, 0x01, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2044 0x51, 0xc2, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2045 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2046 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2047 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2048 };
2049
2050 static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2051 {
2052 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2053 0xce, 0x00, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2054 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2055 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2056 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got. */
2057 0x01, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2058 0xc2, 0x51, /* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2059 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2060 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2061 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2062 };
2063
2064 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2065 {
2066 {
2067 /* Big-endian non-PIC. */
2068 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2069 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2070 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2071 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2072 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2073 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2074 12,
2075 NULL
2076 },
2077 {
2078 /* Little-endian non-PIC. */
2079 vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2080 VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2081 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2082 vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2083 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2084 { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2085 12,
2086 NULL
2087 },
2088 },
2089 {
2090 {
2091 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2092 NULL,
2093 0,
2094 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2095 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2096 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2097 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2098 12,
2099 NULL
2100 },
2101 {
2102 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2103 NULL,
2104 0,
2105 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2106 vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2107 VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2108 { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2109 12,
2110 NULL
2111 },
2112 }
2113 };
2114
2115 /* FDPIC PLT entries. Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2116 binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2117 and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2118 cache behavior. */
2119
2120 #define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2121 #define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2122
2123 /* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2124 duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined. So
2125 right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub. It
2126 might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2127 stubs separately. */
2128
2129 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2130 {
2131 0xd0, 0x02, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2132 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2133 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2134 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2135 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2136 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2137 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2138 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2139 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2140 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2141 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2142 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2143 };
2144
2145 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2146 {
2147 0x02, 0xd0, /* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2148 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2149 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2150 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2151 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2152 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2153 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2154 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2155 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2156 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2157 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2158 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2159 };
2160
2161 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2162 {
2163 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2164 NULL,
2165 0,
2166 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2167 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2168 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2169 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2170 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2171 NULL
2172 },
2173 {
2174 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2175 NULL,
2176 0,
2177 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2178 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2179 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2180 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2181 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2182 NULL
2183 },
2184 };
2185
2186 /* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2187 entries for the first 64K slots. We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2188 past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2189 but would not be any smaller. */
2190
2191 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2192 #define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2193
2194 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2195 {
2196 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2197 0x01, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2198 0x70, 0x04, /* add #4, r0 */
2199 0x41, 0x2b, /* jmp @r1 */
2200 0x0c, 0xce, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2201 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2202 0x60, 0xc2, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2203 0x40, 0x2b, /* jmp @r0 */
2204 0x53, 0xc1, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2205 0x00, 0x09, /* nop */
2206 };
2207
2208 static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2209 {
2210 0, 0, 0, 0, /* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2211 0xce, 0x01, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2212 0x04, 0x70, /* add #4, r0 */
2213 0x2b, 0x41, /* jmp @r1 */
2214 0xce, 0x0c, /* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2215 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table. */
2216 0xc2, 0x60, /* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2217 0x2b, 0x40, /* jmp @r0 */
2218 0xc1, 0x53, /* mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2219 0x09, 0x00, /* nop */
2220 };
2221
2222 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2223 /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2224 NULL,
2225 0,
2226 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2227 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2228 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2229 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2230 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2231 NULL
2232 };
2233
2234 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2235 /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K. */
2236 NULL,
2237 0,
2238 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2239 fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2240 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2241 { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2242 FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2243 NULL
2244 };
2245
2246 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2247 {
2248 /* Big-endian PIC. */
2249 NULL,
2250 0,
2251 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2252 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2253 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2254 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2255 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2256 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2257 },
2258 {
2259 /* Little-endian PIC. */
2260 NULL,
2261 0,
2262 { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2263 fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2264 FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2265 { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2266 FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2267 &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2268 },
2269 };
2270
2271 /* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD. PIC_P is true if
2272 the object is position-independent. */
2273
2274 static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2275 get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2276 {
2277 if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2278 {
2279 /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2280 sequence. */
2281 if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2282 return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283 else
2284 return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2285 }
2286 if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2287 return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2288 return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2289 }
2290
2291 /* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2292 VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2293 not data. */
2294
2295 inline static void
2296 install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2297 unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2298 {
2299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2300 }
2301 #endif
2302
2303 /* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2304 Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2305 20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2306 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
2307 #define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2308
2309 /* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET. */
2310
2311 static bfd_vma
2312 get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2313 {
2314 bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2315
2316 offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2317 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2318 {
2319 if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2320 {
2321 plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2322 offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2323 }
2324 else
2325 info = info->short_plt;
2326 }
2327 return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2328 }
2329
2330 /* Do the inverse operation. */
2331
2332 static bfd_vma
2333 get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2334 {
2335 bfd_vma offset = 0;
2336
2337 if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2338 {
2339 if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2340 {
2341 offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2342 plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2343 }
2344 else
2345 info = info->short_plt;
2346 }
2347 return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2348 + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2349 }
2350
2351 /* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2352 decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2353 This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2354 unnecessary. We store the information in a field extending the
2355 regular ELF linker hash table. */
2356
2357 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2358 {
2359 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2360
2361 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2362 asection *sec;
2363
2364 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2365 bfd_size_type count;
2366
2367 /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section. */
2368 bfd_size_type pc_count;
2369 };
2370
2371 union gotref
2372 {
2373 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2374 bfd_vma offset;
2375 };
2376
2377 /* sh ELF linker hash entry. */
2378
2379 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2380 {
2381 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2382
2383 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2384 union
2385 {
2386 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2387 bfd_vma offset;
2388 } datalabel_got;
2389 #endif
2390
2391 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2392 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2393
2394 bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2395
2396 /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC. The refcount counts
2397 R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2398 relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2399 for separately. After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2400 MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2401 managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2402 During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2403 descriptor will be canonical. */
2404 union gotref funcdesc;
2405
2406 /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2407 and thus require fixups or relocations. */
2408 bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2409
2410 enum got_type {
2411 GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2412 } got_type;
2413 };
2414
2415 #define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2416
2417 struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2418 {
2419 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2420
2421 /* got_type for each local got entry. */
2422 char *local_got_type;
2423
2424 /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol. */
2425 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2426 };
2427
2428 #define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2429 ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2430
2431 #define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2432 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2433
2434 #define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2435 (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2436
2437 #define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2438 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2439 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2440 && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2441
2442 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2443 as the specific tdata. */
2444
2445 static bfd_boolean
2446 sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2447 {
2448 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2449 SH_ELF_DATA);
2450 }
2451
2452 /* sh ELF linker hash table. */
2453
2454 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2455 {
2456 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2457
2458 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2459 asection *sgot;
2460 asection *sgotplt;
2461 asection *srelgot;
2462 asection *splt;
2463 asection *srelplt;
2464 asection *sdynbss;
2465 asection *srelbss;
2466 asection *sfuncdesc;
2467 asection *srelfuncdesc;
2468 asection *srofixup;
2469
2470 /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section. */
2471 asection *srelplt2;
2472
2473 /* Small local sym cache. */
2474 struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2475
2476 /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry. */
2477 union
2478 {
2479 bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2480 bfd_vma offset;
2481 } tls_ldm_got;
2482
2483 /* The type of PLT to use. */
2484 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2485
2486 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2487 bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2488
2489 /* True if the target system uses FDPIC. */
2490 bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2491 };
2492
2493 /* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2494
2495 #define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
2496 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
2497 (&(table)->root, \
2498 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2499 (info)))
2500
2501 /* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2502
2503 #define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2504 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2505 == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2506
2507 /* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2508
2509 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2510 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2511 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2512 const char *string)
2513 {
2514 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2515 (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2516
2517 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2518 subclass. */
2519 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2520 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2521 bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2522 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2523 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2524 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2525
2526 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2527 ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2528 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2529 table, string));
2530 if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2531 {
2532 ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2533 ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2534 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2535 ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2536 #endif
2537 ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2538 ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2539 ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2540 }
2541
2542 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2543 }
2544
2545 /* Create an sh ELF linker hash table. */
2546
2547 static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2548 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2549 {
2550 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2551 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2552
2553 ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_zmalloc (amt);
2554 if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2555 return NULL;
2556
2557 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2558 sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2559 sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2560 SH_ELF_DATA))
2561 {
2562 free (ret);
2563 return NULL;
2564 }
2565
2566 ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2567 ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2568
2569 return &ret->root.root;
2570 }
2571
2572 static bfd_boolean
2573 sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2574 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2575 {
2576 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2577
2578 /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections. */
2579 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2580 return TRUE;
2581
2582 /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2583 relocate independently. */
2584 switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2585 {
2586 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2587 case SHT_NOBITS:
2588 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2589 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
2590 case SHT_NULL:
2591 return FALSE;
2592
2593 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2594 against any other section. */
2595 default:
2596 return TRUE;
2597 }
2598 }
2599
2600 /* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2601 shortcuts to them in our hash table. */
2602
2603 static bfd_boolean
2604 create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2605 {
2606 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2607
2608 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2609 return FALSE;
2610
2611 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2612 if (htab == NULL)
2613 return FALSE;
2614
2615 htab->sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
2616 htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2617 htab->srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2618 if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2619 abort ();
2620
2621 htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2622 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2623 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2624 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2625 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2626 if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2627 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2628 return FALSE;
2629
2630 htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
2631 ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2632 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2633 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2634 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2635 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2636 | SEC_READONLY));
2637 if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2638 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2639 return FALSE;
2640
2641 /* Also create .rofixup. */
2642 htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2643 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2644 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2645 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2646 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2647 | SEC_READONLY));
2648 if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2649 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2650 return FALSE;
2651
2652 return TRUE;
2653 }
2654
2655 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
2656
2657 static bfd_boolean
2658 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2659 {
2660 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2661 flagword flags, pltflags;
2662 asection *s;
2663 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2664 int ptralign = 0;
2665
2666 switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2667 {
2668 case 32:
2669 ptralign = 2;
2670 break;
2671
2672 case 64:
2673 ptralign = 3;
2674 break;
2675
2676 default:
2677 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2678 return FALSE;
2679 }
2680
2681 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2682 if (htab == NULL)
2683 return FALSE;
2684
2685 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2686 return TRUE;
2687
2688 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2689 .rel[a].bss sections. */
2690
2691 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2692 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2693
2694 pltflags = flags;
2695 pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2696 if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2697 pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2698 if (bed->plt_readonly)
2699 pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2700
2701 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2702 htab->splt = s;
2703 if (s == NULL
2704 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2705 return FALSE;
2706
2707 if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2708 {
2709 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2710 .plt section. */
2711 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2712 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2713
2714 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2715 (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2716 (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2717 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2718 return FALSE;
2719
2720 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2721 h->def_regular = 1;
2722 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2723 htab->root.hplt = h;
2724
2725 if (info->shared
2726 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2727 return FALSE;
2728 }
2729
2730 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2731 bed->default_use_rela_p
2732 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2733 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2734 htab->srelplt = s;
2735 if (s == NULL
2736 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2737 return FALSE;
2738
2739 if (htab->sgot == NULL
2740 && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2741 return FALSE;
2742
2743 if (bed->want_dynbss)
2744 {
2745 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2746 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2747 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
2748 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2749 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
2750 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
2751 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2752 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2753 htab->sdynbss = s;
2754 if (s == NULL)
2755 return FALSE;
2756
2757 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
2758 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
2759 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
2760 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2761 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2762 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2763 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2764 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
2765 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
2766 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2767 copy relocs. */
2768 if (! info->shared)
2769 {
2770 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
2771 (bed->default_use_rela_p
2772 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2773 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2774 htab->srelbss = s;
2775 if (s == NULL
2776 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2777 return FALSE;
2778 }
2779 }
2780
2781 if (htab->vxworks_p)
2782 {
2783 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2784 return FALSE;
2785 }
2786
2787 return TRUE;
2788 }
2789 \f
2790 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2791 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
2792 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
2793 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2794 understand. */
2795
2796 static bfd_boolean
2797 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2798 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2799 {
2800 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2801 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2802 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2803 asection *s;
2804
2805 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2806 if (htab == NULL)
2807 return FALSE;
2808
2809 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
2810 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2811 && (h->needs_plt
2812 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2813 || (h->def_dynamic
2814 && h->ref_regular
2815 && !h->def_regular)));
2816
2817 /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table. We
2818 will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2819 when we know the address of the .got section. */
2820 if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2821 || h->needs_plt)
2822 {
2823 if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2824 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2825 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2826 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2827 {
2828 /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2829 file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2830 object. In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2831 a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2832 reloc instead. */
2833 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2834 h->needs_plt = 0;
2835 }
2836
2837 return TRUE;
2838 }
2839 else
2840 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2841
2842 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2843 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2844 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
2845 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2846 {
2847 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2848 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2849 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2850 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2851 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2852 h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2853 return TRUE;
2854 }
2855
2856 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2857 is not a function. */
2858
2859 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2860 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2861 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2862 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
2863 if (info->shared)
2864 return TRUE;
2865
2866 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2867 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
2868 if (!h->non_got_ref)
2869 return TRUE;
2870
2871 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
2872 if (info->nocopyreloc)
2873 {
2874 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2875 return TRUE;
2876 }
2877
2878 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2879 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2880 {
2881 s = p->sec->output_section;
2882 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2883 break;
2884 }
2885
2886 /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2887 copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2888 the copy reloc. */
2889 if (p == NULL)
2890 {
2891 h->non_got_ref = 0;
2892 return TRUE;
2893 }
2894
2895 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2896 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
2897 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
2898 object will contain position independent code, so all references
2899 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2900 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2901 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2902 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2903 same memory location for the variable. */
2904
2905 s = htab->sdynbss;
2906 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2907
2908 /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2909 copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2910 runtime process image. We need to remember the offset into the
2911 .rela.bss section we are going to use. */
2912 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
2913 {
2914 asection *srel;
2915
2916 srel = htab->srelbss;
2917 BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2918 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2919 h->needs_copy = 1;
2920 }
2921
2922 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info, h, s);
2923 }
2924
2925 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2926 dynamic relocs. */
2927
2928 static bfd_boolean
2929 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2930 {
2931 struct bfd_link_info *info;
2932 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2933 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2934 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2935
2936 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2937 return TRUE;
2938
2939 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2940 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2941 if (htab == NULL)
2942 return FALSE;
2943
2944 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2945 if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2946 || h->forced_local)
2947 && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2948 {
2949 /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2950 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2951 h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2952 if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
2953 h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
2954 }
2955
2956 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
2957 && h->plt.refcount > 0
2958 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2959 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2960 {
2961 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
2962 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
2963 if (h->dynindx == -1
2964 && !h->forced_local)
2965 {
2966 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2967 return FALSE;
2968 }
2969
2970 if (info->shared
2971 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
2972 {
2973 asection *s = htab->splt;
2974 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2975
2976 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
2977 first entry. */
2978 if (s->size == 0)
2979 s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
2980
2981 h->plt.offset = s->size;
2982
2983 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
2984 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
2985 location in the .plt. This is required to make function
2986 pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
2987 the shared library. Skip this for FDPIC, since the
2988 function's address will be the address of the canonical
2989 function descriptor. */
2990 if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
2991 {
2992 h->root.u.def.section = s;
2993 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
2994 }
2995
2996 /* Make room for this entry. */
2997 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
2998 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
2999 && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3000 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3001 s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3002
3003 /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3004 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script. */
3005 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3006 htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3007 else
3008 htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3009
3010 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section. */
3011 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3012
3013 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3014 {
3015 /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3016 for each PLT entry. They go in a separate relocation
3017 section, which is processed by the kernel loader. */
3018
3019 /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3020 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3021 if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3022 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3023
3024 /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3025 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3026 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry. */
3027 htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3028 }
3029 }
3030 else
3031 {
3032 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3033 h->needs_plt = 0;
3034 }
3035 }
3036 else
3037 {
3038 h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3039 h->needs_plt = 0;
3040 }
3041
3042 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3043 {
3044 asection *s;
3045 bfd_boolean dyn;
3046 enum got_type got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3047
3048 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3049 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3050 if (h->dynindx == -1
3051 && !h->forced_local)
3052 {
3053 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3054 return FALSE;
3055 }
3056
3057 s = htab->sgot;
3058 h->got.offset = s->size;
3059 s->size += 4;
3060 /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots. */
3061 if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3062 s->size += 4;
3063 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3064 if (!dyn)
3065 {
3066 /* No dynamic relocations required. */
3067 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3068 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3069 && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3070 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3071 }
3072 /* No dynamic relocations required when IE->LE conversion happens. */
3073 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && !h->def_dynamic && !info->shared)
3074 ;
3075 /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3076 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global. */
3077 else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3078 || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3079 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3080 else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3081 htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3082 else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3083 {
3084 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3085 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3086 else
3087 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3088 }
3089 else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3090 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3091 && (info->shared
3092 || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3093 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3094 else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3095 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3096 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3097 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3098 }
3099 else
3100 h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3101
3102 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3103 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3104 {
3105 asection *s;
3106 bfd_boolean dyn;
3107
3108 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3109 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3110 if (h->dynindx == -1
3111 && !h->forced_local)
3112 {
3113 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3114 return FALSE;
3115 }
3116
3117 s = htab->sgot;
3118 eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3119 s->size += 4;
3120 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3121 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3122 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3123 }
3124 else
3125 eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3126 #endif
3127
3128 /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3129 descriptors, canonical or otherwise. We need to relocate the
3130 reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3131 undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3132 static linking). Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere. */
3133 if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3134 && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3135 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3136 && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3137 {
3138 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3139 htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3140 else
3141 htab->srelgot->size
3142 += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3143 }
3144
3145 /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3146 a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3147 the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it. None of this
3148 applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3149 canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3150 won't be a PLT entry at all. */
3151 if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3152 || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3153 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3154 && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3155 {
3156 /* Make room for this function descriptor. */
3157 eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3158 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3159
3160 /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3161 function descriptor, so allocate those too. */
3162 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3163 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3164 else
3165 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3166 }
3167
3168 if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3169 return TRUE;
3170
3171 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3172 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3173 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
3174 space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3175 visibility changes. */
3176
3177 if (info->shared)
3178 {
3179 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3180 {
3181 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3182
3183 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3184 {
3185 p->count -= p->pc_count;
3186 p->pc_count = 0;
3187 if (p->count == 0)
3188 *pp = p->next;
3189 else
3190 pp = &p->next;
3191 }
3192 }
3193
3194 if (htab->vxworks_p)
3195 {
3196 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3197
3198 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3199 {
3200 if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3201 *pp = p->next;
3202 else
3203 pp = &p->next;
3204 }
3205 }
3206
3207 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3208 visibility. */
3209 if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3210 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3211 {
3212 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3213 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3214
3215 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3216 symbol in PIEs. */
3217 else if (h->dynindx == -1
3218 && !h->forced_local)
3219 {
3220 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3221 return FALSE;
3222 }
3223 }
3224 }
3225 else
3226 {
3227 /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3228 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3229 dynamic. */
3230
3231 if (!h->non_got_ref
3232 && ((h->def_dynamic
3233 && !h->def_regular)
3234 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3235 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3236 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3237 {
3238 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3239 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic. */
3240 if (h->dynindx == -1
3241 && !h->forced_local)
3242 {
3243 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3244 return FALSE;
3245 }
3246
3247 /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3248 relocs. */
3249 if (h->dynindx != -1)
3250 goto keep;
3251 }
3252
3253 eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3254
3255 keep: ;
3256 }
3257
3258 /* Finally, allocate space. */
3259 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3260 {
3261 asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3262 sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3263
3264 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3265 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3266 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3267 }
3268
3269 return TRUE;
3270 }
3271
3272 /* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections. */
3273
3274 static bfd_boolean
3275 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3276 {
3277 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3278 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3279
3280 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3281 for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3282 {
3283 asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3284
3285 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3286 {
3287 struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3288
3289 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3290
3291 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
3292 return FALSE;
3293 }
3294 }
3295 return TRUE;
3296 }
3297
3298 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3299 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3300 It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style. */
3301
3302 static bfd_boolean
3303 sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3304 {
3305 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3306
3307 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable
3308 && !bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (output_bfd, info,
3309 "__stacksize", DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE))
3310 return FALSE;
3311 return TRUE;
3312 }
3313
3314 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
3315
3316 static bfd_boolean
3317 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3318 struct bfd_link_info *info)
3319 {
3320 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3321 bfd *dynobj;
3322 asection *s;
3323 bfd_boolean relocs;
3324 bfd *ibfd;
3325
3326 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3327 if (htab == NULL)
3328 return FALSE;
3329
3330 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3331 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3332
3333 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3334 {
3335 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
3336 if (info->executable)
3337 {
3338 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
3339 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3340 s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3341 s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3342 }
3343 }
3344
3345 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3346 relocs. */
3347 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link.next)
3348 {
3349 bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3350 bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3351 union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3352 char *local_got_type;
3353 bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3354 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3355 asection *srel;
3356
3357 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3358 continue;
3359
3360 for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3361 {
3362 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3363
3364 for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3365 elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3366 p != NULL;
3367 p = p->next)
3368 {
3369 if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3370 && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3371 {
3372 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3373 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3374 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3375 the relocs too. */
3376 }
3377 else if (htab->vxworks_p
3378 && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3379 ".tls_vars") == 0)
3380 {
3381 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3382 handled specially by the loader. */
3383 }
3384 else if (p->count != 0)
3385 {
3386 srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3387 srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3388 if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3389 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3390
3391 /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups. */
3392 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3393 htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3394 }
3395 }
3396 }
3397
3398 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3399 locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3400 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3401 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
3402 locsymcount *= 2;
3403 #endif
3404 s = htab->sgot;
3405 srel = htab->srelgot;
3406
3407 local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3408 if (local_got)
3409 {
3410 end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3411 local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3412 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3413 for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3414 {
3415 if (*local_got > 0)
3416 {
3417 *local_got = s->size;
3418 s->size += 4;
3419 if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3420 s->size += 4;
3421 if (info->shared)
3422 srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3423 else
3424 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3425
3426 if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3427 {
3428 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3429 {
3430 bfd_size_type size;
3431
3432 size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3433 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3434 size);
3435 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3436 return FALSE;
3437 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3438 local_funcdesc += (local_got
3439 - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3440 }
3441 local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3442 ++local_funcdesc;
3443 }
3444 }
3445 else
3446 *local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3447 ++local_got_type;
3448 }
3449 }
3450
3451 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3452 if (local_funcdesc)
3453 {
3454 end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3455
3456 for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3457 {
3458 if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3459 {
3460 local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3461 htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3462 if (!info->shared)
3463 htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3464 else
3465 htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3466 }
3467 else
3468 local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3469 }
3470 }
3471
3472 }
3473
3474 if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3475 {
3476 /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3477 relocs. */
3478 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3479 htab->sgot->size += 8;
3480 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3481 }
3482 else
3483 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3484
3485 /* Only the reserved entries should be present. For FDPIC, they go at
3486 the end of .got.plt. */
3487 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3488 {
3489 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3490 htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3491 }
3492
3493 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3494 sym dynamic relocs. */
3495 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3496
3497 /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3498 end of the FDPIC .got.plt. */
3499 if (htab->fdpic_p)
3500 {
3501 htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3502 htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3503 }
3504
3505 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
3506 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3507 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3508
3509 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3510 Allocate memory for them. */
3511 relocs = FALSE;
3512 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3513 {
3514 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3515 continue;
3516
3517 if (s == htab->splt
3518 || s == htab->sgot
3519 || s == htab->sgotplt
3520 || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3521 || s == htab->srofixup
3522 || s == htab->sdynbss)
3523 {
3524 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3525 comment below. */
3526 }
3527 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3528 {
3529 if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3530 relocs = TRUE;
3531
3532 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3533 to copy relocs into the output file. */
3534 s->reloc_count = 0;
3535 }
3536 else
3537 {
3538 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
3539 continue;
3540 }
3541
3542 if (s->size == 0)
3543 {
3544 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3545 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3546 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
3547 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3548 before the linker maps input sections to output
3549 sections. The linker does that before
3550 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3551 function which decides whether anything needs to go
3552 into these sections. */
3553
3554 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3555 continue;
3556 }
3557
3558 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3559 continue;
3560
3561 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
3562 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3563 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
3564 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3565 of garbage. */
3566 s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3567 if (s->contents == NULL)
3568 return FALSE;
3569 }
3570
3571 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3572 {
3573 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
3574 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3575 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3576 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3577 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
3578 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3579 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3580
3581 if (info->executable)
3582 {
3583 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3584 return FALSE;
3585 }
3586
3587 if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3588 {
3589 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3590 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3591 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3592 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3593 return FALSE;
3594 }
3595 else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3596 && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3597 {
3598 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3599 return FALSE;
3600 }
3601
3602 if (relocs)
3603 {
3604 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3605 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3606 || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3607 sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3608 return FALSE;
3609
3610 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3611 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
3612 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3613 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3614
3615 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3616 {
3617 if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3618 return FALSE;
3619 }
3620 }
3621 if (htab->vxworks_p
3622 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3623 return FALSE;
3624 }
3625 #undef add_dynamic_entry
3626
3627 return TRUE;
3628 }
3629 \f
3630 /* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section. */
3631
3632 inline static bfd_vma
3633 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3634 int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3635 {
3636 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3637 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3638
3639 outrel.r_offset = offset;
3640 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3641 outrel.r_addend = addend;
3642
3643 reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3644 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3645 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3646 sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3647 sreloc->reloc_count++;
3648
3649 return reloc_offset;
3650 }
3651
3652 /* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup. */
3653
3654 inline static void
3655 sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3656 {
3657 bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3658
3659 fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3660 BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3661 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3662 }
3663
3664 /* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3665 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol. */
3666
3667 static bfd_signed_vma
3668 sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3669 {
3670 return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3671 - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3672 }
3673
3674 /* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3675 located. */
3676
3677 static unsigned
3678 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3679 {
3680 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = NULL;
3681
3682 if (output_bfd->xvec->flavour == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3683 /* PR ld/17110: Do not look for output segments in an input bfd. */
3684 && output_bfd->direction != read_direction)
3685 p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd, osec);
3686
3687 /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to. The kernel
3688 supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3689 a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment. */
3690 return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3691 }
3692
3693 static bfd_boolean
3694 sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3695 {
3696 unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3697
3698 return (seg != (unsigned) -1
3699 && ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W));
3700 }
3701
3702 /* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3703 with any relocations or fixups required. */
3704 static bfd_boolean
3705 sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3706 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3707 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3708 bfd_vma offset,
3709 asection *section,
3710 bfd_vma value)
3711 {
3712 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3713 int dynindx;
3714 bfd_vma addr, seg;
3715
3716 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3717
3718 /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3719 descriptor, along with the segment index. We're RELA, so it could
3720 go in the reloc instead... */
3721
3722 if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3723 {
3724 section = h->root.u.def.section;
3725 value = h->root.u.def.value;
3726 }
3727
3728 if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3729 {
3730 dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3731 addr = value + section->output_offset;
3732 seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3733 }
3734 else
3735 {
3736 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3737 dynindx = h->dynindx;
3738 addr = seg = 0;
3739 }
3740
3741 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3742 {
3743 if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3744 {
3745 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3746 offset
3747 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3748 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3749 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3750 offset + 4
3751 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3752 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3753 }
3754
3755 /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3756 address and gp value (barring fixups). */
3757 addr += section->output_section->vma;
3758 seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3759 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3760 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3761 }
3762 else
3763 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3764 offset
3765 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3766 + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3767 R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3768
3769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3771
3772 return TRUE;
3773 }
3774
3775 /* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3776 VALUE is the field's value. Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3777 otherwise. */
3778
3779 static bfd_reloc_status_type
3780 install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3781 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3782 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3783 {
3784 unsigned long cur_val;
3785 bfd_byte *addr;
3786 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3787
3788 if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3789 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3790
3791 r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3792 bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3793 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3794 return r;
3795
3796 addr = contents + offset;
3797 cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3798 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3800
3801 return bfd_reloc_ok;
3802 }
3803
3804 /* Relocate an SH ELF section. */
3805
3806 static bfd_boolean
3807 sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3808 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3809 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3810 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3811 asection **local_sections)
3812 {
3813 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3814 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3815 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3816 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3817 bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3818 bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3819 asection *sgot = NULL;
3820 asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3821 asection *splt = NULL;
3822 asection *sreloc = NULL;
3823 asection *srelgot = NULL;
3824 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3825 unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3826 bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3827
3828 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3829
3830 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3831 if (htab != NULL)
3832 {
3833 dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3834 sgot = htab->sgot;
3835 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3836 splt = htab->splt;
3837 fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3838 }
3839 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3840 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3841 local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3842
3843 isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3844 input_section->output_section);
3845 if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3846 got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3847 sgot->output_section);
3848 else
3849 got_segment = -1;
3850 if (fdpic_p && splt)
3851 plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3852 splt->output_section);
3853 else
3854 plt_segment = -1;
3855
3856 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3857 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
3858 is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3859 && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3860 ".tls_vars"));
3861
3862 rel = relocs;
3863 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3864 for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3865 {
3866 int r_type;
3867 reloc_howto_type *howto;
3868 unsigned long r_symndx;
3869 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3870 asection *sec;
3871 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3872 bfd_vma relocation;
3873 bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3874 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3875 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3876 bfd_vma off;
3877 enum got_type got_type;
3878 const char *symname = NULL;
3879
3880 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3881
3882 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3883
3884 /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
3885 handled entirely by the relaxation code. */
3886 if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
3887 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
3888 continue;
3889 if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
3890 continue;
3891
3892 if (r_type < 0
3893 || r_type >= R_SH_max
3894 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
3895 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
3896 || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
3897 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
3898 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
3899 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
3900 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
3901 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
3902 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
3903 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
3904 || ( r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
3905 && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
3906 {
3907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3908 return FALSE;
3909 }
3910
3911 howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
3912
3913 /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
3914 the relocation. */
3915 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3916 addend = rel->r_addend;
3917
3918 h = NULL;
3919 sym = NULL;
3920 sec = NULL;
3921 check_segment[0] = -1;
3922 check_segment[1] = -1;
3923 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
3924 {
3925 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
3926 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
3927
3928 symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
3929 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
3930 if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
3931 symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
3932
3933 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
3934 + sec->output_offset
3935 + sym->st_value);
3936 /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
3937 datalabel processing here. Make sure this does not change
3938 without notice. */
3939 if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
3940 ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
3941 (info,
3942 _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
3943 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
3944
3945 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
3946 /* Handled below. */
3947 ;
3948 else if (info->relocatable)
3949 {
3950 /* This is a relocatable link. We don't have to change
3951 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
3952 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
3953 section symbol winds up in the output section. */
3954 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3955 {
3956 if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3957 {
3958 /* For relocations with the addend in the
3959 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
3960 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
3961 code is mostly for completeness. */
3962 rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
3963
3964 continue;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
3968 contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
3969 from the changed location of the section symbol.
3970 Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
3971 final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
3972 relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
3973 location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
3974 final link. */
3975 r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
3976 sec->output_offset
3977 + sym->st_value,
3978 contents + rel->r_offset);
3979 goto relocation_done;
3980 }
3981
3982 continue;
3983 }
3984 else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
3985 {
3986 relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
3987 addend = rel->r_addend;
3988 }
3989 else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
3990 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
3991 {
3992 asection *msec;
3993
3994 if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
3995 {
3996 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3997 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
3998 input_bfd, input_section,
3999 (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4000 return FALSE;
4001 }
4002
4003 addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4004 msec = sec;
4005 addend =
4006 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4007 - relocation;
4008 addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4009 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4010 addend = 0;
4011 }
4012 }
4013 else
4014 {
4015 /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro. */
4016
4017 relocation = 0;
4018 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4019 symname = h->root.root.string;
4020 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4021 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4022 {
4023 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4024 /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4025 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4026 doesn't count. */
4027 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4028 #endif
4029 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4030 }
4031 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4032 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4033 {
4034 bfd_boolean dyn;
4035
4036 dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4037 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4038 /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4039 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4040 sec->output_section will be NULL. */
4041 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4042 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4043 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4044 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4045 || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4046 || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4047 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4048 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4049 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4050 || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4051 && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4052 || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4053 || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4054 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4055 || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4056 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4057 || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4058 || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4059 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4060 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4061 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4062 || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4063 && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4064 && (! info->shared
4065 || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4066 || !h->def_regular))
4067 /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4068 overwritten in the switch block below. The cases
4069 below are those in which we must defer relocation
4070 to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4071 addresses when creating a shared library. */
4072 || (info->shared
4073 && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4074 || !h->def_regular)
4075 && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4076 && !h->forced_local)
4077 || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4078 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4079 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4080 /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4081 sections against symbols defined externally
4082 in shared libraries. We can't do anything
4083 with them here. */
4084 || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4085 && h->def_dynamic)))
4086 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4087 sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4088 thus ld.so will not process them. */
4089 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4090 && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4091 && h->def_dynamic))
4092 || (sec->output_section == NULL
4093 && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4094 || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4095 ;
4096 else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4097 relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4098 + sec->output_section->vma
4099 + sec->output_offset)
4100 /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4101 symbol value, unless we've seen
4102 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it. */
4103 | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4104 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4105 else if (!info->relocatable
4106 && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4107 input_section,
4108 rel->r_offset)
4109 != (bfd_vma) -1))
4110 {
4111 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4112 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4113 input_bfd,
4114 input_section,
4115 (long) rel->r_offset,
4116 howto->name,
4117 h->root.root.string);
4118 return FALSE;
4119 }
4120 }
4121 else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4122 ;
4123 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4124 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4125 ;
4126 else if (!info->relocatable)
4127 {
4128 if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4129 (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4130 input_section, rel->r_offset,
4131 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4132 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4133 return FALSE;
4134 }
4135 }
4136
4137 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
4138 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4139 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
4140
4141 if (info->relocatable)
4142 continue;
4143
4144 /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files. Most
4145 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4146 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below. */
4147 check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4148 if (sec != NULL)
4149 check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4150 sec->output_section);
4151 else
4152 check_segment[1] = -1;
4153
4154 switch ((int) r_type)
4155 {
4156 final_link_relocate:
4157 /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4158 R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers. */
4159 r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4160 contents, rel->r_offset,
4161 relocation, addend);
4162 break;
4163
4164 case R_SH_IND12W:
4165 goto final_link_relocate;
4166
4167 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4168 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4169 case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4170 /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4171 the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4172 is here only to assist in relaxing. If the reloc is not
4173 against the start of this section, then it's against an
4174 external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves. */
4175 if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4176 != relocation)
4177 {
4178 int disp = (relocation
4179 - input_section->output_section->vma
4180 - input_section->output_offset
4181 - rel->r_offset);
4182 int mask = 0;
4183 switch (r_type)
4184 {
4185 case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4186 case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4187 case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4188 default: mask = 0; break;
4189 }
4190 if (disp & mask)
4191 {
4192 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4193 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4194 input_section->owner,
4195 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4196 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4197 return FALSE;
4198 }
4199 relocation -= 4;
4200 goto final_link_relocate;
4201 }
4202 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4203 break;
4204
4205 default:
4206 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4207 if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4208 contents, rel, &relocation))
4209 goto final_link_relocate;
4210 #endif
4211 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4212 return FALSE;
4213
4214 case R_SH_DIR16:
4215 case R_SH_DIR8:
4216 case R_SH_DIR8U:
4217 case R_SH_DIR8S:
4218 case R_SH_DIR4U:
4219 goto final_link_relocate;
4220
4221 case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4222 case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4223 if (relocation & 3)
4224 {
4225 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4226 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4227 input_section->owner,
4228 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4229 (unsigned long) relocation));
4230 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4231 return FALSE;
4232 }
4233 goto final_link_relocate;
4234
4235 case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4236 case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4237 case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4238 if (relocation & 1)
4239 {
4240 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4241 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4242 input_section->owner,
4243 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4244 (unsigned long) relocation));
4245 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4246 return FALSE;
4247 }
4248 goto final_link_relocate;
4249
4250 case R_SH_PSHA:
4251 if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4252 || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4253 {
4254 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4255 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4256 input_section->owner,
4257 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4258 (unsigned long) relocation));
4259 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4260 return FALSE;
4261 }
4262 goto final_link_relocate;
4263
4264 case R_SH_PSHL:
4265 if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4266 || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4267 {
4268 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4269 (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4270 input_section->owner,
4271 (unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4272 (unsigned long) relocation));
4273 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4274 return FALSE;
4275 }
4276 goto final_link_relocate;
4277
4278 case R_SH_DIR32:
4279 case R_SH_REL32:
4280 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4281 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4282 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4283 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4284 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4285 #endif
4286 if (info->shared
4287 && (h == NULL
4288 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4289 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4290 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4291 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4292 && !is_vxworks_tls
4293 && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4294 || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4295 {
4296 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4297 bfd_byte *loc;
4298 bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4299
4300 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4301 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4302 time. */
4303
4304 if (sreloc == NULL)
4305 {
4306 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4307 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4308 if (sreloc == NULL)
4309 return FALSE;
4310 }
4311
4312 skip = FALSE;
4313 relocate = FALSE;
4314
4315 outrel.r_offset =
4316 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4317 rel->r_offset);
4318 if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4319 skip = TRUE;
4320 else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4321 skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4322 outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4323 + input_section->output_offset);
4324
4325 if (skip)
4326 memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4327 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4328 {
4329 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4330 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4331 outrel.r_addend
4332 = (howto->partial_inplace
4333 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4334 : addend);
4335 }
4336 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4337 else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4338 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4339 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4340 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4341 {
4342 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4343 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4344 outrel.r_addend = addend;
4345 }
4346 #endif
4347 else if (fdpic_p
4348 && (h == NULL
4349 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4350 && h->def_regular)))
4351 {
4352 int dynindx;
4353
4354 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4355 BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4356 dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4357 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4358 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4359 outrel.r_addend
4360 += (howto->partial_inplace
4361 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4362 : addend);
4363 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4364 }
4365 else
4366 {
4367 /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4368 become local. */
4369 if (h == NULL
4370 || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4371 && h->def_regular))
4372 {
4373 relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4374 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4375 }
4376 else
4377 {
4378 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4379 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4380 }
4381 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4382 outrel.r_addend
4383 += (howto->partial_inplace
4384 ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4385 : addend);
4386 }
4387
4388 loc = sreloc->contents;
4389 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4390 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4391
4392 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4393
4394 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4395 not want to fiddle with the addend. Otherwise, we
4396 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4397 an addend for the dynamic reloc. */
4398 if (! relocate)
4399 continue;
4400 }
4401 else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4402 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4403 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4404 {
4405 bfd_vma offset;
4406
4407 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4408
4409 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4410 input_section->output_section))
4411 {
4412 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4413 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4414 input_bfd,
4415 input_section,
4416 (long) rel->r_offset,
4417 symname);
4418 return FALSE;
4419 }
4420
4421 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4422 input_section, rel->r_offset);
4423 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4424 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4425 input_section->output_section->vma
4426 + input_section->output_offset
4427 + rel->r_offset);
4428
4429 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4430 }
4431 /* We don't want warnings for non-NULL tests on undefined weak
4432 symbols. */
4433 else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4434 && h
4435 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4436 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4437 goto final_link_relocate;
4438
4439 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4440 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4441 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4442 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4443 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4444 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4445 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4446 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4447 #endif
4448 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4449 procedure linkage table. */
4450
4451 if (h == NULL
4452 || h->forced_local
4453 || ! info->shared
4454 || info->symbolic
4455 || h->dynindx == -1
4456 || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4457 || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4458 goto force_got;
4459
4460 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4461 offset table extension for the procedure linkage table. */
4462
4463 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4464 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4465 relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4466 + (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4467 + 3) * 4);
4468
4469 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4470 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4471 #endif
4472
4473 goto final_link_relocate;
4474
4475 force_got:
4476 case R_SH_GOT32:
4477 case R_SH_GOT20:
4478 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4479 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4480 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4481 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4482 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4483 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4484 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4485 #endif
4486 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4487 offset table. */
4488
4489 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4490 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4491 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4492
4493 if (h != NULL)
4494 {
4495 bfd_boolean dyn;
4496
4497 off = h->got.offset;
4498 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4499 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4500 {
4501 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4502
4503 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4504 off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4505 }
4506 #endif
4507 BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4508
4509 dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4510 if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4511 || (info->shared
4512 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4513 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4514 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4515 {
4516 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4517 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4518 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4519 because of a version file. We must initialize
4520 this entry in the global offset table. Since the
4521 offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4522 least significant bit to record whether we have
4523 initialized it already.
4524
4525 When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4526 relocation entry to initialize the value. This
4527 is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine. */
4528 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4529 off &= ~1;
4530 else
4531 {
4532 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4533 sgot->contents + off);
4534 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4535 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4536 {
4537 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4538
4539 hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4540 hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4541 }
4542 else
4543 #endif
4544 h->got.offset |= 1;
4545
4546 /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4547 symbol address, also add a fixup. */
4548 if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4549 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4550 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4551 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4552 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4553 sgot->output_section->vma
4554 + sgot->output_offset
4555 + off);
4556 }
4557 }
4558
4559 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4560 }
4561 else
4562 {
4563 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4564 if (rel->r_addend)
4565 {
4566 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4567 && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4568 + r_symndx]
4569 != (bfd_vma) -1));
4570
4571 off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4572 + r_symndx];
4573 }
4574 else
4575 {
4576 #endif
4577 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4578 && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4579
4580 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4581 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4582 }
4583 #endif
4584
4585 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use
4586 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4587 already generated the necessary reloc. */
4588 if ((off & 1) != 0)
4589 off &= ~1;
4590 else
4591 {
4592 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4593
4594 if (info->shared)
4595 {
4596 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4597 bfd_byte *loc;
4598
4599 if (srelgot == NULL)
4600 {
4601 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj,
4602 ".rela.got");
4603 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4604 }
4605
4606 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4607 + sgot->output_offset
4608 + off);
4609 if (fdpic_p)
4610 {
4611 int dynindx
4612 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4613 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4614 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4615 outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4616 }
4617 else
4618 {
4619 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4620 outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4621 }
4622 loc = srelgot->contents;
4623 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4624 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4625 }
4626 else if (fdpic_p
4627 && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4628 == GOT_NORMAL))
4629 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4630 sgot->output_section->vma
4631 + sgot->output_offset
4632 + off);
4633
4634 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4635 if (rel->r_addend)
4636 local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4637 else
4638 #endif
4639 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4640 }
4641
4642 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4643 }
4644
4645 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4646 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4647 #endif
4648
4649 if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4650 {
4651 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4652 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4653 rel->r_offset);
4654 break;
4655 }
4656 else
4657 goto final_link_relocate;
4658
4659 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4660 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4661 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4662 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4663 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4664 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4665 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4666 #endif
4667 /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4668 we place at the start of the .got.plt section. This is the same
4669 as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4670 descriptors in front of it. */
4671 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4672 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4673 check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4674 relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4675 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4676
4677 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4678 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4679 #endif
4680
4681 addend = rel->r_addend;
4682
4683 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4684 {
4685 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4686 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4687 rel->r_offset);
4688 break;
4689 }
4690 else
4691 goto final_link_relocate;
4692
4693 case R_SH_GOTPC:
4694 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4695 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4696 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4697 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4698 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4699 #endif
4700 /* Use global offset table as symbol value. */
4701
4702 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4703 relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4704
4705 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4706 relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4707 #endif
4708
4709 addend = rel->r_addend;
4710
4711 goto final_link_relocate;
4712
4713 case R_SH_PLT32:
4714 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4715 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4716 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4717 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4718 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4719 #endif
4720 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4721 procedure linkage table. */
4722
4723 /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4724 without using the procedure linkage table. */
4725 if (h == NULL)
4726 goto final_link_relocate;
4727
4728 /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4729 as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4730 anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4731 behavior. */
4732 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4733 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4734
4735 if (h->forced_local)
4736 goto final_link_relocate;
4737
4738 if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4739 {
4740 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
4741 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4742 using -Bsymbolic. */
4743 goto final_link_relocate;
4744 }
4745
4746 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4747 check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4748 relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4749 + splt->output_offset
4750 + h->plt.offset);
4751
4752 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4753 relocation++;
4754 #endif
4755
4756 addend = rel->r_addend;
4757
4758 goto final_link_relocate;
4759
4760 /* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4761 symbol, possibly via the GOT. Initialize the GOT
4762 entry and function descriptor if necessary. */
4763 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4764 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4765 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4766 {
4767 int dynindx = -1;
4768 asection *reloc_section;
4769 bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4770 int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4771
4772 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4773
4774 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4775
4776 /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4777 executable, with --export-dynamic. Do they need ld.so
4778 to allocate official descriptors? See what this code
4779 does. */
4780
4781 relocation = 0;
4782 addend = 0;
4783
4784 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4785 {
4786 reloc_section = input_section;
4787 reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4788 }
4789 else
4790 {
4791 reloc_section = sgot;
4792
4793 if (h != NULL)
4794 reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4795 else
4796 {
4797 BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4798 reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4799 }
4800 BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4801
4802 if (reloc_offset & 1)
4803 {
4804 reloc_offset &= ~1;
4805 goto funcdesc_done_got;
4806 }
4807 }
4808
4809 if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4810 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4811 || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4812 /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4813 resolved later; leave it at zero. */
4814 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4815 else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4816 && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4817 {
4818 /* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4819 but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4820 protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4821 section+offset. This is an optimization; the dynamic
4822 linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4823 to our copy of the function anyway. */
4824 dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4825 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4826 relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4827 + h->root.u.def.value;
4828 }
4829 else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4830 {
4831 /* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4832 symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4833 shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4834 the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4835 descriptor. */
4836 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4837 dynindx = h->dynindx;
4838 }
4839 else
4840 {
4841 bfd_vma offset;
4842
4843 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4844 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
4845 reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4846 dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4847 ->output_section)->dynindx;
4848
4849 if (h)
4850 {
4851 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4852 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4853 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4854 {
4855 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4856 offset, NULL, 0))
4857 return FALSE;
4858 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4859 }
4860 }
4861 else
4862 {
4863 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4864
4865 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4866 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4867 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4868 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4869 {
4870 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4871 offset, sec,
4872 sym->st_value))
4873 return FALSE;
4874 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4875 }
4876 }
4877
4878 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4879 }
4880
4881 if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4882 {
4883 bfd_vma offset;
4884
4885 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4886 reloc_section->output_section))
4887 {
4888 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4889 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4890 input_bfd,
4891 input_section,
4892 (long) rel->r_offset,
4893 symname);
4894 return FALSE;
4895 }
4896
4897 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4898 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4899
4900 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4901 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4902 offset
4903 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4904 + reloc_section->output_offset);
4905 }
4906 else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
4907 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4908 {
4909 bfd_vma offset;
4910
4911 if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4912 reloc_section->output_section))
4913 {
4914 info->callbacks->warning
4915 (info,
4916 _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
4917 symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4918 return FALSE;
4919 }
4920
4921 if (srelgot == NULL)
4922 {
4923 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
4924 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4925 }
4926
4927 offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4928 reloc_section, reloc_offset);
4929
4930 if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4931 sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
4932 offset
4933 + reloc_section->output_section->vma
4934 + reloc_section->output_offset,
4935 reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
4936
4937 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4938 {
4939 r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4940 break;
4941 }
4942 else
4943 {
4944 relocation = 0;
4945 goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4946 }
4947 }
4948
4949 if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4950 relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
4951 funcdesc_leave_zero:
4952 if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4953 {
4954 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4955 reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
4956 if (h != NULL)
4957 h->got.offset |= 1;
4958 else
4959 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4960
4961 funcdesc_done_got:
4962
4963 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
4964 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
4965 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4966 #endif
4967 }
4968 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
4969 {
4970 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4971 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4972 rel->r_offset);
4973 break;
4974 }
4975 else
4976 goto final_link_relocate;
4977 }
4978 break;
4979
4980 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
4981 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
4982 /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
4983 executable and --export-dynamic. If such symbols get
4984 ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4985 for them. */
4986 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4987
4988 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4989 relocation = 0;
4990 addend = rel->r_addend;
4991
4992 if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4993 || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
4994 {
4995 _bfd_error_handler
4996 (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
4997 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4998 h->root.root.string);
4999 return FALSE;
5000 }
5001 else
5002 {
5003 bfd_vma offset;
5004
5005 /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5006 descriptor, so reference it directly. */
5007 if (h)
5008 {
5009 offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5010 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5011 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5012 {
5013 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5014 offset, NULL, 0))
5015 return FALSE;
5016 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5017 }
5018 }
5019 else
5020 {
5021 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5022
5023 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5024 offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5025 BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5026 if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5027 {
5028 if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5029 offset, sec,
5030 sym->st_value))
5031 return FALSE;
5032 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5033 }
5034 }
5035
5036 relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5037 }
5038
5039 relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5040 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5041 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
5042 relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5043 #endif
5044
5045 if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5046 {
5047 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5048 input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5049 rel->r_offset);
5050 break;
5051 }
5052 else
5053 goto final_link_relocate;
5054
5055 case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5056 {
5057 static bfd_vma start, end;
5058
5059 start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5060 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5061 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5062 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5063 break;
5064
5065 case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5066 end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5067 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5068 r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5069 rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5070 break;
5071 }
5072
5073 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5074 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5075 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5076 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5077 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5078 got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5079 if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5080 got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5081 else if (h != NULL)
5082 {
5083 got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5084 if (! info->shared
5085 && (h->dynindx == -1
5086 || h->def_regular))
5087 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5088 }
5089
5090 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5091 r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5092
5093 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5094 {
5095 bfd_vma offset;
5096 unsigned short insn;
5097
5098 if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5099 {
5100 /* GD->LE transition:
5101 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5102 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5103 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5104 We change it into:
5105 mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5106 nop; nop; ...
5107 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:. */
5108
5109 offset = rel->r_offset;
5110 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5111 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5112 offset -= 16;
5113 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5114 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5115 {
5116 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5117 offset -= 2;
5118 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5119 }
5120
5121 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5122 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5123 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5124 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5125 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5126 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5127 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5128 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5129 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5130 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5131 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5132
5133 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5134 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5135 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5136 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5137 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5138 }
5139 else
5140 {
5141 int target;
5142
5143 /* IE->LE transition:
5144 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5145 bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5146 We change it into:
5147 mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5148 1: x@TPOFF; 2:. */
5149
5150 offset = rel->r_offset;
5151 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5152 /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12. */
5153 offset -= 10;
5154 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5155 if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5156 {
5157 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5158 offset -= 2;
5159 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5160 }
5161
5162 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5163 target = insn & 0x00ff;
5164 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5165 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5166 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5167 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5168 insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5169 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5170 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5171 }
5172
5173 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5174 contents + rel->r_offset);
5175 continue;
5176 }
5177
5178 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5179 abort ();
5180
5181 if (h != NULL)
5182 off = h->got.offset;
5183 else
5184 {
5185 if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5186 abort ();
5187
5188 off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5189 }
5190
5191 /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking. */
5192 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5193 && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5194 {
5195 off &= ~1;
5196 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5197 sgot->contents + off);
5198 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5199 contents + rel->r_offset);
5200 continue;
5201 }
5202
5203 if ((off & 1) != 0)
5204 off &= ~1;
5205 else
5206 {
5207 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5208 bfd_byte *loc;
5209 int dr_type, indx;
5210
5211 if (srelgot == NULL)
5212 {
5213 srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5214 BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5215 }
5216
5217 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5218 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5219
5220 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5221 indx = 0;
5222 else
5223 indx = h->dynindx;
5224
5225 dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5226 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5227 if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5228 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5229 else
5230 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5231 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5232 loc = srelgot->contents;
5233 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5234 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5235
5236 if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5237 {
5238 if (indx == 0)
5239 {
5240 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5241 relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5242 sgot->contents + off + 4);
5243 }
5244 else
5245 {
5246 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5247 R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5248 outrel.r_offset += 4;
5249 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5250 srelgot->reloc_count++;
5251 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5252 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5253 }
5254 }
5255
5256 if (h != NULL)
5257 h->got.offset |= 1;
5258 else
5259 local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5260 }
5261
5262 if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5263 abort ();
5264
5265 if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5266 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5267 else
5268 {
5269 bfd_vma offset;
5270 unsigned short insn;
5271
5272 /* GD->IE transition:
5273 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5274 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5275 1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5276 We change it into:
5277 mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5278 nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5279 1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:. */
5280
5281 offset = rel->r_offset;
5282 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5283 /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5284 offset -= 16;
5285 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5286 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5287 {
5288 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5289 offset -= 2;
5290 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5291 }
5292
5293 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5294
5295 /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0. */
5296 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5297
5298 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5299 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5300 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5301 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5302 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5303 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5304 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5305 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5306 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5307 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5308
5309 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5310 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5311 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5312 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5313 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5314
5315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5316 contents + rel->r_offset);
5317
5318 continue;
5319 }
5320
5321 addend = rel->r_addend;
5322
5323 goto final_link_relocate;
5324
5325 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5326 BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5327 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5328 if (! info->shared)
5329 {
5330 bfd_vma offset;
5331 unsigned short insn;
5332
5333 /* LD->LE transition:
5334 mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5335 jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5336 1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5337 We change it into:
5338 stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5339 nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:. */
5340
5341 offset = rel->r_offset;
5342 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5343 /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18. */
5344 offset -= 16;
5345 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5346 if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5347 {
5348 BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5349 offset -= 2;
5350 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5351 }
5352
5353 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5354 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5355 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5356 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5357 BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5358 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5359 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5360 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5361 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5362 insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5363 BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5364
5365 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5366 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5367 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5368 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5369 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5370 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5371
5372 continue;
5373 }
5374
5375 if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5376 abort ();
5377
5378 off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5379 if (off & 1)
5380 off &= ~1;
5381 else
5382 {
5383 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5384 bfd_byte *loc;
5385
5386 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5387 if (srelgot == NULL)
5388 abort ();
5389
5390 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5391 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5392 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5393 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5394 loc = srelgot->contents;
5395 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5396 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5397 htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5398 }
5399
5400 relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5401 addend = rel->r_addend;
5402
5403 goto final_link_relocate;
5404
5405 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5406 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5407 if (! info->shared)
5408 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5409 else
5410 relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5411
5412 addend = rel->r_addend;
5413 goto final_link_relocate;
5414
5415 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5416 {
5417 int indx;
5418 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5419 bfd_byte *loc;
5420
5421 check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5422
5423 if (! info->shared || info->pie)
5424 {
5425 relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5426 addend = rel->r_addend;
5427 goto final_link_relocate;
5428 }
5429
5430 if (sreloc == NULL)
5431 {
5432 sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5433 (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5434 if (sreloc == NULL)
5435 return FALSE;
5436 }
5437
5438 if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5439 indx = 0;
5440 else
5441 indx = h->dynindx;
5442
5443 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5444 + input_section->output_offset
5445 + rel->r_offset);
5446 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5447 if (indx == 0)
5448 outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5449 else
5450 outrel.r_addend = 0;
5451
5452 loc = sreloc->contents;
5453 loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5454 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5455 continue;
5456 }
5457 }
5458
5459 relocation_done:
5460 if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5461 && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5462 {
5463 /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols. */
5464 if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5465 {
5466 if (info->shared)
5467 {
5468 info->callbacks->einfo
5469 (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5470 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5471 return FALSE;
5472 }
5473 else
5474 info->callbacks->einfo
5475 (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5476 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5477 }
5478
5479 elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5480 }
5481
5482 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5483 {
5484 switch (r)
5485 {
5486 default:
5487 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5488 abort ();
5489 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5490 {
5491 const char *name;
5492
5493 if (h != NULL)
5494 name = NULL;
5495 else
5496 {
5497 name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5498 (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5499 if (name == NULL)
5500 return FALSE;
5501 if (*name == '\0')
5502 name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5503 }
5504 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5505 (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5506 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5507 rel->r_offset)))
5508 return FALSE;
5509 }
5510 break;
5511 }
5512 }
5513 }
5514
5515 return TRUE;
5516 }
5517
5518 /* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5519 which uses sh_elf_relocate_section. */
5520
5521 static bfd_byte *
5522 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5523 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5524 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5525 bfd_byte *data,
5526 bfd_boolean relocatable,
5527 asymbol **symbols)
5528 {
5529 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5530 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5531 bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5532 asection **sections = NULL;
5533 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5534 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5535
5536 /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5537 particular set of section contents, specially. */
5538 if (relocatable
5539 || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5540 return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5541 link_order, data,
5542 relocatable,
5543 symbols);
5544
5545 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5546
5547 memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5548 (size_t) input_section->size);
5549
5550 if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5551 && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5552 {
5553 asection **secpp;
5554 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5555 bfd_size_type amt;
5556
5557 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5558 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5559 (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5560 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5561 goto error_return;
5562
5563 if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5564 {
5565 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5566 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5567 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5568 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5569 NULL, NULL, NULL);
5570 if (isymbuf == NULL)
5571 goto error_return;
5572 }
5573
5574 amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5575 amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5576 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5577 if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5578 goto error_return;
5579
5580 isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5581 for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5582 {
5583 asection *isec;
5584
5585 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5586 isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5587 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5588 isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5589 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5590 isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5591 else
5592 isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5593
5594 *secpp = isec;
5595 }
5596
5597 if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5598 input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5599 isymbuf, sections))
5600 goto error_return;
5601
5602 if (sections != NULL)
5603 free (sections);
5604 if (isymbuf != NULL
5605 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5606 free (isymbuf);
5607 if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5608 free (internal_relocs);
5609 }
5610
5611 return data;
5612
5613 error_return:
5614 if (sections != NULL)
5615 free (sections);
5616 if (isymbuf != NULL
5617 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5618 free (isymbuf);
5619 if (internal_relocs != NULL
5620 && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5621 free (internal_relocs);
5622 return NULL;
5623 }
5624
5625 /* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5626 when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5627 This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr. */
5628
5629 static bfd_vma
5630 dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5631 {
5632 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5633 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5634 return 0;
5635 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5636 }
5637
5638 /* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32.. */
5639
5640 static bfd_vma
5641 tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5642 {
5643 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
5644 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5645 return 0;
5646 /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5647 structure which has 2 pointer fields. */
5648 return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5649 + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5650 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5651 }
5652
5653 static asection *
5654 sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5655 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5656 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5657 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5658 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5659 {
5660 if (h != NULL)
5661 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5662 {
5663 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5664 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5665 return NULL;
5666 }
5667
5668 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5669 }
5670
5671 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
5672
5673 static bfd_boolean
5674 sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5675 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5676 {
5677 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5678 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5679 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5680 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5681 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5682
5683 if (info->relocatable)
5684 return TRUE;
5685
5686 elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5687
5688 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5689 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5690 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5691 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5692
5693 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5694 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5695 {
5696 unsigned long r_symndx;
5697 unsigned int r_type;
5698 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5699 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5700 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5701 #endif
5702
5703 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5704 if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5705 {
5706 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5707 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5708 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5709
5710 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5711 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5712 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5713 {
5714 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5715 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5716 #endif
5717 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5718 }
5719 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5720 for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5721 if (p->sec == sec)
5722 {
5723 /* Everything must go for SEC. */
5724 *pp = p->next;
5725 break;
5726 }
5727 }
5728
5729 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5730 switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5731 {
5732 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5733 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5734 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5735 break;
5736
5737 case R_SH_GOT32:
5738 case R_SH_GOT20:
5739 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5740 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5741 case R_SH_GOTPC:
5742 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5743 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5744 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5745 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5746 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5747 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5748 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5749 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5750 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5751 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5752 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5753 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5754 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5755 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5756 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5757 #endif
5758 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5759 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5760 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5761 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5762 if (h != NULL)
5763 {
5764 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5765 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5766 {
5767 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5768 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5769 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5770 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5771 }
5772 else
5773 #endif
5774 if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5775 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5776 }
5777 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5778 {
5779 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5780 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5781 {
5782 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5783 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5784 }
5785 else
5786 #endif
5787 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5788 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5789 }
5790 break;
5791
5792 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5793 if (h != NULL)
5794 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5795 else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5796 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5797
5798 /* Fall through. */
5799
5800 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5801 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5802 if (h != NULL)
5803 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5804 else
5805 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5806 break;
5807
5808 case R_SH_DIR32:
5809 if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5810 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5811 sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5812 /* Fall thru */
5813
5814 case R_SH_REL32:
5815 if (info->shared)
5816 break;
5817 /* Fall thru */
5818
5819 case R_SH_PLT32:
5820 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5821 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5822 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5823 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5824 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5825 #endif
5826 if (h != NULL)
5827 {
5828 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5829 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5830 }
5831 break;
5832
5833 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5834 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5835 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5836 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5837 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5838 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5839 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5840 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5841 #endif
5842 if (h != NULL)
5843 {
5844 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5845 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5846 if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5847 {
5848 eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5849 if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5850 h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5851 }
5852 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5853 else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5854 {
5855 if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5856 eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5857 }
5858 #endif
5859 else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5860 h->got.refcount -= 1;
5861 }
5862 else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5863 {
5864 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5865 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5866 {
5867 if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5868 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5869 }
5870 else
5871 #endif
5872 if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5873 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5874 }
5875 break;
5876
5877 default:
5878 break;
5879 }
5880 }
5881
5882 return TRUE;
5883 }
5884
5885 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
5886
5887 static void
5888 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5889 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5890 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5891 {
5892 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5893
5894 edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
5895 eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
5896
5897 if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5898 {
5899 if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
5900 {
5901 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5902 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5903
5904 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
5905 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
5906 for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
5907 {
5908 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
5909
5910 for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
5911 if (q->sec == p->sec)
5912 {
5913 q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
5914 q->count += p->count;
5915 *pp = p->next;
5916 break;
5917 }
5918 if (q == NULL)
5919 pp = &p->next;
5920 }
5921 *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
5922 }
5923
5924 edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
5925 eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
5926 }
5927 edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
5928 eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
5929 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5930 edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
5931 eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
5932 #endif
5933 edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
5934 eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
5935 edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
5936 eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
5937
5938 if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5939 && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
5940 {
5941 edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
5942 eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5943 }
5944
5945 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
5946 && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
5947 {
5948 /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
5949 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
5950 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS. */
5951 dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
5952 dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
5953 dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
5954 dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
5955 }
5956 else
5957 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
5958 }
5959
5960 static int
5961 sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
5962 int is_local)
5963 {
5964 if (info->shared)
5965 return r_type;
5966
5967 switch (r_type)
5968 {
5969 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5970 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5971 if (is_local)
5972 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5973 return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5974 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5975 return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5976 }
5977
5978 return r_type;
5979 }
5980
5981 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
5982 Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
5983 virtual table relocs for gc. */
5984
5985 static bfd_boolean
5986 sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
5987 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5988 {
5989 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5990 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5991 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
5992 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
5993 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
5994 asection *sreloc;
5995 unsigned int r_type;
5996 enum got_type got_type, old_got_type;
5997
5998 sreloc = NULL;
5999
6000 if (info->relocatable)
6001 return TRUE;
6002
6003 BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6004
6005 symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6006 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6007
6008 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6009 if (htab == NULL)
6010 return FALSE;
6011
6012 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6013 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6014 {
6015 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6016 unsigned long r_symndx;
6017 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6018 int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6019 #endif
6020
6021 r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6022 r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6023
6024 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6025 h = NULL;
6026 else
6027 {
6028 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6029 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6030 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6031 {
6032 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6033 seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6034 #endif
6035 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6036 }
6037
6038 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the same
6039 object. */
6040 h->root.non_ir_ref = 1;
6041 }
6042
6043 r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6044 if (! info->shared
6045 && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6046 && h != NULL
6047 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6048 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6049 && (h->dynindx == -1
6050 || h->def_regular))
6051 r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6052
6053 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6054 switch (r_type)
6055 {
6056 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6057 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6058 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6059 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6060 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6061 if (h != NULL)
6062 {
6063 if (h->dynindx == -1)
6064 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6065 {
6066 case STV_INTERNAL:
6067 case STV_HIDDEN:
6068 break;
6069 default:
6070 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6071 break;
6072 }
6073 }
6074 break;
6075 }
6076
6077 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
6078 if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6079 {
6080 switch (r_type)
6081 {
6082 case R_SH_DIR32:
6083 /* This may require an rofixup. */
6084 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6085 break;
6086 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6087 case R_SH_GOT32:
6088 case R_SH_GOT20:
6089 case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6090 case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6091 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6092 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6093 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6094 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6095 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6096 case R_SH_GOTPC:
6097 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6098 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6099 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6100 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6101 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6102 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6103 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6104 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6105 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6106 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6107 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6108 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6109 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6110 case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6111 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6112 case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6113 case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6114 case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6115 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6116 case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6117 case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6118 #endif
6119 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6120 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6121 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6122 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6123 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6124 if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6125 return FALSE;
6126 break;
6127
6128 default:
6129 break;
6130 }
6131 }
6132
6133 switch (r_type)
6134 {
6135 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6136 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
6137 case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6138 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6139 return FALSE;
6140 break;
6141
6142 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6143 used. Record for later use during GC. */
6144 case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6145 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6146 if (h != NULL
6147 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6148 return FALSE;
6149 break;
6150
6151 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6152 if (info->shared)
6153 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6154
6155 /* FALLTHROUGH */
6156 force_got:
6157 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6158 case R_SH_GOT32:
6159 case R_SH_GOT20:
6160 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6161 case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6162 case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6163 case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6164 case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6165 case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6166 case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6167 #endif
6168 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6169 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6170 switch (r_type)
6171 {
6172 default:
6173 got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6174 break;
6175 case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6176 got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6177 break;
6178 case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6179 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6180 break;
6181 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6182 case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6183 got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6184 break;
6185 }
6186
6187 if (h != NULL)
6188 {
6189 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6190 if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6191 {
6192 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6193 = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6194
6195 eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6196 }
6197 else
6198 #endif
6199 h->got.refcount += 1;
6200 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6201 }
6202 else
6203 {
6204 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6205
6206 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6207 symbol. */
6208 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6209 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6210 {
6211 bfd_size_type size;
6212
6213 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6214 size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6215 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6216 /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6217 codelabel local GOT offsets. */
6218 size *= 2;
6219 #endif
6220 size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6221 local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6222 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6223 if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6224 return FALSE;
6225 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6226 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6227 /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6228 GOT offsets. */
6229 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6230 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6231 #else
6232 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6233 = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6234 #endif
6235 }
6236 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6237 if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6238 local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6239 else
6240 #endif
6241 local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6242 old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6243 }
6244
6245 /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6246 there is no point to use dynamic model for it. */
6247 if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6248 && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6249 {
6250 if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6251 got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6252 else
6253 {
6254 if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6255 && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6256 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6257 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6258 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6259 else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6260 || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6261 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6262 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6263 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6264 else
6265 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6266 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6267 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6268 return FALSE;
6269 }
6270 }
6271
6272 if (old_got_type != got_type)
6273 {
6274 if (h != NULL)
6275 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6276 else
6277 sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6278 }
6279
6280 break;
6281
6282 case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6283 sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6284 break;
6285
6286 case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6287 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6288 case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6289 if (rel->r_addend)
6290 {
6291 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6292 (_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6293 abfd);
6294 return FALSE;
6295 }
6296
6297 if (h == NULL)
6298 {
6299 union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6300
6301 /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol. */
6302 local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6303 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6304 {
6305 bfd_size_type size;
6306
6307 size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6308 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6309 /* Count datalabel local GOT. */
6310 size *= 2;
6311 #endif
6312 local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6313 if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6314 return FALSE;
6315 sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6316 }
6317 local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6318
6319 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6320 {
6321 if (!info->shared)
6322 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6323 else
6324 htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6325 }
6326 }
6327 else
6328 {
6329 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6330 if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6331 sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6332
6333 /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6334 there should not be any non-FDPIC references. */
6335 old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6336 if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6337 {
6338 if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6339 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6340 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6341 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6342 else
6343 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6344 (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6345 abfd, h->root.root.string);
6346 }
6347 }
6348 break;
6349
6350 case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6351 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6352 case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6353 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6354 case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6355 case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6356 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6357 case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6358 #endif
6359 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6360 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6361
6362 if (h == NULL
6363 || h->forced_local
6364 || ! info->shared
6365 || info->symbolic
6366 || h->dynindx == -1)
6367 goto force_got;
6368
6369 h->needs_plt = 1;
6370 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6371 ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6372
6373 break;
6374
6375 case R_SH_PLT32:
6376 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6377 case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6378 case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6379 case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6380 case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6381 #endif
6382 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. We
6383 actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6384 because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6385 never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6386 don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6387 after all. */
6388
6389 /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6390 creating a procedure linkage table entry. */
6391 if (h == NULL)
6392 continue;
6393
6394 if (h->forced_local)
6395 break;
6396
6397 h->needs_plt = 1;
6398 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6399 break;
6400
6401 case R_SH_DIR32:
6402 case R_SH_REL32:
6403 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6404 case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6405 case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6406 case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6407 case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6408 #endif
6409 if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6410 {
6411 h->non_got_ref = 1;
6412 h->plt.refcount += 1;
6413 }
6414
6415 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6416 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6417 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6418 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
6419 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6420 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6421 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
6422 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6423 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6424 later (it is never cleared). We account for that
6425 possibility below by storing information in the
6426 dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6427 situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6428 visibility changes render the symbol local.
6429
6430 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6431 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6432 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6433 symbol. */
6434 if ((info->shared
6435 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6436 && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6437 || (h != NULL
6438 && (! info->symbolic
6439 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6440 || !h->def_regular))))
6441 || (! info->shared
6442 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6443 && h != NULL
6444 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6445 || !h->def_regular)))
6446 {
6447 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6448 struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6449
6450 if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6451 htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6452
6453 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6454 reloc types into the output file. We create a reloc
6455 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc. */
6456 if (sreloc == NULL)
6457 {
6458 sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6459 (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6460
6461 if (sreloc == NULL)
6462 return FALSE;
6463 }
6464
6465 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6466 relocations we need for this symbol. */
6467 if (h != NULL)
6468 head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6469 else
6470 {
6471 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too. */
6472 asection *s;
6473 void *vpp;
6474 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6475
6476 isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6477 abfd, r_symndx);
6478 if (isym == NULL)
6479 return FALSE;
6480
6481 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6482 if (s == NULL)
6483 s = sec;
6484
6485 vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6486 head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6487 }
6488
6489 p = *head;
6490 if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6491 {
6492 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6493 p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6494 if (p == NULL)
6495 return FALSE;
6496 p->next = *head;
6497 *head = p;
6498 p->sec = sec;
6499 p->count = 0;
6500 p->pc_count = 0;
6501 }
6502
6503 p->count += 1;
6504 if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6505 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6506 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6507 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6508 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6509 || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6510 #endif
6511 )
6512 p->pc_count += 1;
6513 }
6514
6515 /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6516 If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6517 fixup. */
6518 if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6519 && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6520 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6521 htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6522 break;
6523
6524 case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6525 if (info->shared && !info->pie)
6526 {
6527 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6528 (_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6529 abfd);
6530 return FALSE;
6531 }
6532
6533 break;
6534
6535 case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6536 /* Nothing to do. */
6537 break;
6538
6539 default:
6540 break;
6541 }
6542 }
6543
6544 return TRUE;
6545 }
6546
6547 #ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6548 static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6549
6550 static bfd_boolean
6551 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6552 {
6553 flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6554
6555 if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6556 return FALSE;
6557
6558 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6559 return FALSE;
6560
6561 bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6562
6563 return TRUE;
6564 }
6565
6566
6567 /* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6568 Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6569 return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6570 Return -1 if no match is found. */
6571
6572 int
6573 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6574 {
6575 int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6576
6577 for (; i>0; i--)
6578 if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6579 return i;
6580
6581 /* shouldn't get here */
6582 BFD_FAIL();
6583
6584 return -1;
6585 }
6586 #endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6587
6588 #ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6589 /* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6590
6591 static bfd_boolean
6592 sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6593 {
6594 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6595 return TRUE;
6596
6597 if (! _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6598 return FALSE;
6599
6600 return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6601 }
6602 #endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6603
6604 #ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6605
6606 /* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6607 corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags. */
6608
6609 int
6610 sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6611 {
6612 extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6613 unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6614
6615 return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6616 }
6617
6618 /* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6619 calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility. */
6620
6621 static bfd_boolean
6622 sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6623 {
6624 extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6625
6626 if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6627 return TRUE;
6628
6629 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6630 {
6631 /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file. */
6632 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6633 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6634 sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6635 if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6636 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6637 }
6638
6639 if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6640 {
6641 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6642 "with instructions used in previous modules",
6643 ibfd);
6644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6645 return FALSE;
6646 }
6647
6648 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6649 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6650 sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6651
6652 if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6653 {
6654 _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6655 ibfd);
6656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6657 return FALSE;
6658 }
6659
6660 return TRUE;
6661 }
6662 #endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6663
6664 /* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6665 as the specific tdata. We set also the machine architecture from flags
6666 here. */
6667
6668 static bfd_boolean
6669 sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6670 {
6671 if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6672 return FALSE;
6673
6674 return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6675 == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6676 }
6677
6678 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
6679 dynamic sections here. */
6680
6681 static bfd_boolean
6682 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6683 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6684 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6685 {
6686 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6687
6688 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6689 if (htab == NULL)
6690 return FALSE;
6691
6692 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6693 {
6694 asection *splt;
6695 asection *sgotplt;
6696 asection *srelplt;
6697
6698 bfd_vma plt_index;
6699 bfd_vma got_offset;
6700 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6701 bfd_byte *loc;
6702 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6703
6704 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table. Set
6705 it up. */
6706
6707 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6708
6709 splt = htab->splt;
6710 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6711 srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6712 BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6713
6714 /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6715 corresponds to this symbol. This is the index of this symbol
6716 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries. The
6717 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved. */
6718 plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6719
6720 plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6721 if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6722 plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6723
6724 /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6725 corresponds to this function. */
6726 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6727 /* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6728 before the end of .got.plt. Each descriptor is eight
6729 bytes. */
6730 got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6731 else
6732 /* Each .got entry is 4 bytes. The first three are
6733 reserved. */
6734 got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6735
6736 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6737 if (info->shared)
6738 got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6739 #endif
6740
6741 /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table. */
6742 memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6743 plt_info->symbol_entry,
6744 plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6745
6746 if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6747 {
6748 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6749 {
6750 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6751 r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6752 splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6753 h->plt.offset
6754 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6755 BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6756 }
6757 else
6758 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6759 (splt->contents
6760 + h->plt.offset
6761 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6762 }
6763 else
6764 {
6765 BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6766
6767 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6768 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6769 + sgotplt->output_offset
6770 + got_offset),
6771 (splt->contents
6772 + h->plt.offset
6773 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6774 if (htab->vxworks_p)
6775 {
6776 unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6777 int distance;
6778
6779 /* Divide the PLT into groups. The first group contains
6780 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6781 PLTS_PER_4K entries. Entries in the first group can
6782 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6783 to the last element of the previous group. */
6784 /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6785 the common resolver stub. */
6786 reachable_plts = ((4096
6787 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6788 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6789 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6790 plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6791 if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6792 distance = -(h->plt.offset
6793 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6794 else
6795 distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6796 * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6797
6798 /* Install the 'bra' with this offset. */
6799 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6800 0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6801 (splt->contents
6802 + h->plt.offset
6803 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6804 }
6805 else
6806 install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6807 splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6808 (splt->contents
6809 + h->plt.offset
6810 + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6811 }
6812
6813 /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt. */
6814 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6815 if (info->shared)
6816 got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6817 #endif
6818 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6819 got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6820
6821 if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6822 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6823 plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6824 (splt->contents
6825 + h->plt.offset
6826 + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6827
6828 /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table. */
6829 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6830 (splt->output_section->vma
6831 + splt->output_offset
6832 + h->plt.offset
6833 + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6834 sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6835 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6836 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6837 sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6838 htab->splt->output_section),
6839 sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6840
6841 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
6842 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6843 + sgotplt->output_offset
6844 + got_offset);
6845 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6846 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6847 else
6848 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6849 rel.r_addend = 0;
6850 #ifdef GOT_BIAS
6851 rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
6852 #endif
6853 loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6854 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6855
6856 if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
6857 {
6858 /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
6859 Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation. */
6860 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
6861 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
6862
6863 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
6864 for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry. */
6865 rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
6866 + htab->splt->output_offset
6867 + h->plt.offset
6868 + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6869 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6870 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
6871 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6872 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6873
6874 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
6875 the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt. */
6876 rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6877 + sgotplt->output_offset
6878 + got_offset);
6879 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
6880 rel.r_addend = 0;
6881 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6882 }
6883
6884 if (!h->def_regular)
6885 {
6886 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
6887 the .plt section. Leave the value alone. */
6888 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6889 }
6890 }
6891
6892 if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
6893 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
6894 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
6895 && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
6896 {
6897 asection *sgot;
6898 asection *srelgot;
6899 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6900 bfd_byte *loc;
6901
6902 /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table. Set it
6903 up. */
6904
6905 sgot = htab->sgot;
6906 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6907 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6908
6909 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6910 + sgot->output_offset
6911 + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6912
6913 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6914 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6915 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6916 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6917 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6918 if (info->shared
6919 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6920 {
6921 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6922 {
6923 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6924 int dynindx
6925 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6926
6927 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6928 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6929 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6930 }
6931 else
6932 {
6933 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6934 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6935 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6936 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6937 }
6938 }
6939 else
6940 {
6941 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
6942 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
6943 rel.r_addend = 0;
6944 }
6945
6946 loc = srelgot->contents;
6947 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6948 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
6949 }
6950
6951 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6952 {
6953 struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
6954
6955 eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6956 if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6957 {
6958 asection *sgot;
6959 asection *srelgot;
6960 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6961 bfd_byte *loc;
6962
6963 /* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
6964 Set it up. */
6965
6966 sgot = htab->sgot;
6967 srelgot = htab->srelgot;
6968 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
6969
6970 rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
6971 + sgot->output_offset
6972 + (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
6973
6974 /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
6975 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
6976 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
6977 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
6978 initialized in the relocate_section function. */
6979 if (info->shared
6980 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
6981 {
6982 if (htab->fdpic_p)
6983 {
6984 asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
6985 int dynindx
6986 = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6987
6988 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
6989 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6990 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6991 }
6992 else
6993 {
6994 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
6995 rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
6996 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
6997 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
6998 }
6999 }
7000 else
7001 {
7002 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7003 + eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7004 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7005 rel.r_addend = 0;
7006 }
7007
7008 loc = srelgot->contents;
7009 loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7010 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7011 }
7012 }
7013 #endif
7014
7015 if (h->needs_copy)
7016 {
7017 asection *s;
7018 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7019 bfd_byte *loc;
7020
7021 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
7022
7023 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7024 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7025 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7026
7027 s = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".rela.bss");
7028 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7029
7030 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7031 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7032 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7033 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7034 rel.r_addend = 0;
7035 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7036 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7037 }
7038
7039 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. On VxWorks,
7040 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7041 ".got" section. */
7042 if (h == htab->root.hdynamic
7043 || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7044 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7045
7046 return TRUE;
7047 }
7048
7049 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
7050
7051 static bfd_boolean
7052 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7053 {
7054 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7055 asection *sgotplt;
7056 asection *sdyn;
7057
7058 htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7059 if (htab == NULL)
7060 return FALSE;
7061
7062 sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7063 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7064
7065 if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7066 {
7067 asection *splt;
7068 Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7069
7070 BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7071
7072 dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7073 dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7074 for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7075 {
7076 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7077 asection *s;
7078 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7079 const char *name;
7080 #endif
7081
7082 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7083
7084 switch (dyn.d_tag)
7085 {
7086 default:
7087 if (htab->vxworks_p
7088 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7089 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7090 break;
7091
7092 #ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7093 case DT_INIT:
7094 name = info->init_function;
7095 goto get_sym;
7096
7097 case DT_FINI:
7098 name = info->fini_function;
7099 get_sym:
7100 if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7101 {
7102 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7103
7104 h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7105 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7106 if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7107 {
7108 dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7109 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7110 }
7111 }
7112 break;
7113 #endif
7114
7115 case DT_PLTGOT:
7116 BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7117 s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7118 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7119 + s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7120 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7121 break;
7122
7123 case DT_JMPREL:
7124 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7125 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7126 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7127 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7128 break;
7129
7130 case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7131 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7132 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7133 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7134 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7135 break;
7136
7137 case DT_RELASZ:
7138 /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7139 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7140 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA). This is
7141 what Solaris does. However, UnixWare can not handle
7142 that case. Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7143 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs. Since
7144 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7145 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7146 about changing the DT_RELA entry. */
7147 if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7148 {
7149 s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7150 dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7151 }
7152 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7153 break;
7154 }
7155 }
7156
7157 /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table. */
7158 splt = htab->splt;
7159 if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7160 {
7161 unsigned int i;
7162
7163 memcpy (splt->contents,
7164 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7165 htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7166 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7167 if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7168 install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7169 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7170 + sgotplt->output_offset
7171 + (i * 4)),
7172 (splt->contents
7173 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7174
7175 if (htab->vxworks_p)
7176 {
7177 /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents. */
7178 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7179 bfd_byte *loc;
7180
7181 /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7182 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8. */
7183 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7184 rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7185 + splt->output_offset
7186 + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7187 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7188 rel.r_addend = 8;
7189 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7190 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7191
7192 /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7193 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7194 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7195 output. */
7196 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7197 {
7198 /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot. */
7199 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7200 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7201 R_SH_DIR32);
7202 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7203 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7204
7205 /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt. */
7206 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7207 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7208 R_SH_DIR32);
7209 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7210 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7211 }
7212 }
7213
7214 /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7215 really seem like the right value. */
7216 elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7217 }
7218 }
7219
7220 /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table. */
7221 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7222 {
7223 if (sdyn == NULL)
7224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7225 else
7226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7227 sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7228 sgotplt->contents);
7229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7230 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7231 }
7232
7233 if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7234 elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7235
7236 /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT. */
7237 if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7238 {
7239 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7240 bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7241 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7242 + hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7243
7244 sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7245
7246 /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups. */
7247 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7248 }
7249
7250 if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7251 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7252 == htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7253
7254 if (htab->srelgot)
7255 BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7256 == htab->srelgot->size);
7257
7258 return TRUE;
7259 }
7260
7261 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7262 sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7263 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7264 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7265 {
7266 switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7267 {
7268 case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7269 return reloc_class_relative;
7270 case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7271 return reloc_class_plt;
7272 case R_SH_COPY:
7273 return reloc_class_copy;
7274 default:
7275 return reloc_class_normal;
7276 }
7277 }
7278
7279 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7280 /* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections. */
7281
7282 static bfd_boolean
7283 elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7284 {
7285 int offset;
7286 unsigned int size;
7287
7288 switch (note->descsz)
7289 {
7290 default:
7291 return FALSE;
7292
7293 case 168: /* Linux/SH */
7294 /* pr_cursig */
7295 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7296
7297 /* pr_pid */
7298 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7299
7300 /* pr_reg */
7301 offset = 72;
7302 size = 92;
7303
7304 break;
7305 }
7306
7307 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7308 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7309 size, note->descpos + offset);
7310 }
7311
7312 static bfd_boolean
7313 elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7314 {
7315 switch (note->descsz)
7316 {
7317 default:
7318 return FALSE;
7319
7320 case 124: /* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7321 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
7322 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7323 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
7324 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7325 }
7326
7327 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7328 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7329 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7330
7331 {
7332 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
7333 int n = strlen (command);
7334
7335 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7336 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7337 }
7338
7339 return TRUE;
7340 }
7341 #endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7342
7343
7344 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7345 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
7346
7347 static bfd_vma
7348 sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7349 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7350 {
7351 const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7352
7353 plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7354 return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7355 }
7356
7357 /* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7358 shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section. */
7359
7360 static bfd_boolean
7361 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7362 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7363 asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7364 {
7365 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7366
7367 /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general. */
7368 if (htab->fdpic_p)
7369 return FALSE;
7370
7371 return TRUE;
7372 }
7373
7374 /* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output. */
7375
7376 static bfd_byte
7377 sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7378 struct bfd_link_info *info,
7379 asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7380 asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7381 bfd_vma *encoded)
7382 {
7383 struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7384 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7385
7386 if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7387 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7388 loc_offset, encoded);
7389
7390 h = htab->root.hgot;
7391 BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7392
7393 if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7394 == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7395 return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7396 loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7397
7398 BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7399 == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7400 (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7401
7402 *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7403 - (h->root.u.def.value
7404 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7405 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7406
7407 return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7408 }
7409
7410 #if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7411 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vec
7412 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh"
7413 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_le_vec
7414 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl"
7415 #endif
7416
7417 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_sh
7418 #define ELF_TARGET_ID SH_ELF_DATA
7419 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_SH
7420 #ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7421 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7422 #else
7423 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x80
7424 #endif
7425
7426 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7427
7428 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7429 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7430 sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7431 #define elf_info_to_howto sh_elf_info_to_howto
7432 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section sh_elf_relax_section
7433 #define elf_backend_relocate_section sh_elf_relocate_section
7434 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7435 sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7436 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject sh_elf_mkobject
7437 #define elf_backend_object_p sh_elf_object_p
7438 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7439 sh_elf_copy_private_data
7440 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7441 sh_elf_merge_private_data
7442
7443 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7444 #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7445 #define elf_backend_check_relocs sh_elf_check_relocs
7446 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7447 sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7448 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7449 sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7450 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7451 sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7452 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7453 sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7454 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7455 sh_elf_always_size_sections
7456 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7457 sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7458 #define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7459 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7460 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7461 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7462 sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7463 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7464 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7465 #define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7466 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7467 #define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7468 sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7469 #define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7470 sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7471
7472 #define elf_backend_stack_align 8
7473 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
7474 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
7475 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
7476 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
7477 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
7478 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
7479
7480 #if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7481
7482 #include "elf32-target.h"
7483
7484 /* NetBSD support. */
7485 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7486 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_vec
7487 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7488 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-nbsd"
7489 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7490 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_nbsd_le_vec
7491 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7492 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-nbsd"
7493 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7494 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
7495 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7496 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7497 #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
7498 #undef elf32_bed
7499 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7500
7501 #include "elf32-target.h"
7502
7503
7504 /* Linux support. */
7505 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7506 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_linux_be_vec
7507 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7508 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-linux"
7509 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7510 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_linux_vec
7511 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7512 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-linux"
7513 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7514 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
7515
7516 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7517 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7518 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7519 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7520 #undef elf32_bed
7521 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_lin_bed
7522
7523 #include "elf32-target.h"
7524
7525
7526 /* FDPIC support. */
7527 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7528 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_be_vec
7529 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7530 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7531 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7532 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_fdpic_le_vec
7533 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7534 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-sh-fdpic"
7535
7536 #undef elf32_bed
7537 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_fd_bed
7538
7539 #include "elf32-target.h"
7540
7541 #undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7542
7543 /* VxWorks support. */
7544 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
7545 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_vec
7546 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
7547 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-sh-vxworks"
7548 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7549 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM sh_elf32_vxworks_le_vec
7550 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7551 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-shl-vxworks"
7552 #undef elf32_bed
7553 #define elf32_bed elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7554
7555 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7556 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
7557 #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
7558 #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7559 #define elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7560 #undef elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7561 #undef elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7562 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7563 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7564 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7565 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7566 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7567 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
7568 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7569 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
7570 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7571 elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7572 #undef ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7573 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x1000
7574 #undef ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7575
7576 #include "elf32-target.h"
7577
7578 #endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
This page took 0.266741 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.